TY - JOUR A1 - Zusan, Andreas A1 - Gieseking, Björn A1 - Zerson, Mario A1 - Dyakonov, Vladimir A1 - Magerle, Robert A1 - Deibel, Carsten T1 - The Effect of Diiodooctane on the Charge Carrier Generation in Organic Solar Cells Based on the Copolymer PBDTTT-C JF - Scientific Reports N2 - Microstructural changes and the understanding of their effect on photocurrent generation are key aspects for improving the efficiency of organic photovoltaic devices. We analyze the impact of a systematically increased amount of the solvent additive diiodooctane (DIO) on the morphology of PBDTTT-C:PC71BM blends and related changes in free carrier formation and recombination by combining surface imaging, photophysical and charge extraction techniques. We identify agglomerates visible in AFM images of the 0% DIO blend as PC71BM domains embedded in an intermixed matrix phase. With the addition of DIO, a decrease in the size of fullerene domains along with a demixing of the matrix phase appears for 0.6% and 1% DIO. Surprisingly, transient absorption spectroscopy reveals an efficient photogeneration already for the smallest amount of DIO, although the largest efficiency is found for 3% DIO. It is ascribed to a fine-tuning of the blend morphology in terms of the formation of interpenetrating donor and acceptor phases minimizing geminate and nongeminate recombination as indicated by charge extraction experiments. An increase in the DIO content to 10% adversely affects the photovoltaic performance, most probably due to an inefficient free carrier formation and trapping in a less interconnected donor-acceptor network. KW - electronic properties and materials KW - photonic devices Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-125022 VL - 5 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zusan, Andreas T1 - The Effect of Morphology on the Photocurrent Generation in Organic Solar Cells T1 - Der Einfluss der Morphologie auf die Generierung von Photostrom in organischen Solarzellen N2 - Organic solar cells have great potential to become a low-cost and clean alternative to conventional photovoltaic technologies based on the inorganic bulk material silicon. As a highly promising concept in the field of organic photovoltaics, bulk heterojunction (BHJ) solar cells consist of a mixture of an electron donating and an electron withdrawing component. Their degree of intermixing crucially affects the generation of photocurrent. In this work, the effect of an altered blend morphology on polaron pair dissociation, charge carrier transport, and nongeminate recombination is analyzed by the charge extraction techniques time delayed collection field (TDCF) and open circuit corrected transient charge extraction (OTRACE). Different comparative studies cover a broad range of material systems, including polymer and small-molecule donors in combination with different fullerene acceptors. The field dependence of polaron pair dissociation is analyzed in blends based on the polymer pBTTT-C16, allowing a systematic tuning of the blend morphology by varying the acceptor type and fraction. The effect of both excess photon energy and intercalated phases are minor compared to the influence of excess fullerene, which reduces the field dependence of photogeneration. The study demonstrates that the presence of neat fullerene domains is the major driving force for efficient polaron pair dissociation that is linked to the delocalization of charge carriers. Furthermore, the influence of the processing additive diiodooctane (DIO) is analyzed using the photovoltaic blends PBDTTT-C:PC71BM and PTB7:PC71BM. The study reveals amulti-tiered alteration of the blend morphology of PBDTTT-C based blends upon a systematic increase of the amount of DIO. Domains on the hundred nanometers length scale in the DIO-free blend are identified as neat fullerene agglomerates embedded in an intermixed matrix. With the addition of the additive, 0.6% and 1% DIO already substantially reduces the size of these domains until reaching the optimum 3% DIO mixture, where a 7.1% power conversion efficiency is obtained. It is brought into connection with the formation of interpenetrating polymer and fullerene phases. Similar to PBDTTT-C, the morphology of DIO-free PTB7:PC71BM blends is characterized by large fullerene domains being decreased in size upon the addition of 3% DIO. OTRACE measurements reveal a reduced Langevin-type, super-second order recombination in both blends. It is demonstrated that the deviation from bimolecular recombination kinetics cannot be fully attributed to the carrier density dependence of the mobility but is rather related to trapping in segregated PC71BM domains. Finally, with regard to small-molecule donors, a higher yield of photogeneration and balanced transport properties are identified as the dominant factors enhancing the efficiency of vacuum deposited MD376:C60 relative to its solution processed counterpart MD376:PC61BM. The finding is explained by a higher degree of dimerization of the merocyanine dye MD376 and a stronger donor-acceptor interaction at the interface in the case of the vacuum deposited blend. N2 - Organische Solarzellen sind dank der Möglichkeit einer preisgünstigen und umweltfreundlichen Herstellung eine erfolgversprechende Alternative zu konventionellen Photovoltaiktechnologien, bei denen heutzutage hauptsächlich Silizium zum Einsatz kommt. Ein aussichtsreiches Konzept ist dabei die Heterogemisch (bulk heterojunction , BHJ)-Solarzelle. Deren aktive Schicht besteht aus einer Elektron-gebenden und einer Elektron-entziehenden Komponente, wobei die Generierung von Photostrom entscheidend von der Durchmischung beider Materialien abhängt. Dieser Einfluss der Morphologie auf die Trennung von Polaronpaaren, den Transport von freien Ladungsträgern und deren nichtgeminale Rekombination wird durch die Verwendung der Ladungsextraktionsmethoden time delayed collection field (TDCF) sowie open circuit corrected transient charge extraction (OTRACE) in dieser Arbeit im Detail untersucht. Die vorgestellten Studien umfassen mit Polymeren und kleinen Molekülen als Donatoren sowie verschiedenen Fulleren-Akzeptoren unterschiedlichste Materialsysteme. Der erste Teil der Arbeit befasst sich mit der feldabhängigen Trennung von Polaronpaaren in Solarzellen, die unter Verwendung des Polymers pBTTT-C16 hergestellt werden. Das Materialsystem erlaubt eine systematische Anpassung der Morphologie durch Art und Anteil des Akzeptors. Die Untersuchungen zeigen, dass sowohl Überschussenergie als auch interkalierte Phasen lediglich eine geringe Auswirkung auf die Photogenerierung haben, diese jedoch stark von der Fullerenmenge im Gemisch beeinflusst wird. Das Ergebnis verdeutlicht, dass reine Fullerendomänen die treibende Kraft für eine effiziente Trennung von Polaronpaaren sind, was mit der Delokalisierung von Ladungsträgern verknüpft wird. Im zweiten Teil wird der Einfluss des Additivs Diiodooktan (DIO) auf das Materialsystem PBDTTT-C:PC71BM untersucht. Die Studie zeigt eine mehrstufige Änderung der Morphologie bei einer schrittweisen Erhöhung der verwendeten DIO Menge. Wird das Heterogemisch PBDTTT-C:PC71BM ohne DIO hergestellt, ist dessen Nanostruktur durch große Agglomerate geprägt, die als reine Fullerendomänen identifiziert werden. Bereits die Verwendung von 0.6% und 1% DIO führt zu einer deutlichen Verkleinerung dieser Domänen, wobei erst die maximale Effizienz der mit 3% DIO hergestellten Solarzelle mit der Ausbildung von vernetzten Polymer- und Fullerenphasen in Verbindung gebracht wird. Vergleichbar zu PBDTTT-C weist auch PTB7:PC71BM große Fullerendomänen und deren bessere Dispersion durch die Verwendung von 3% DIO auf. In beiden Fällen zeigt OTRACE eine reduzierte Langevin-artige Rekombination sowie die Abweichung von einem bimolekularen Verhalten. Da diese erhöhte Rekombinationsordnung nicht mit der Ladungsträgerdichtenabhängigkeit der Mobilität erklärt werden kann, wird sie dem Einfangen von Ladungsträgern in Fullerendomänen zugeordnet. Im letzten Teil wird gezeigt, dass eine ergiebigere Photogenerierung sowie ausgeglichene Transporteigenschaften eine erhöhte Bauteileffizienz von aufgedampften MD376:C60 Solarzellen im Vergleich zum flüssigprozessierten Pendant MD376:PC61BM bedingen. Die Beobachtung wird mit einer verbesserten Dimerisation des Merocyanins MD376 und einer stärkeren Donator-Akzeptor-Wechselwirkung an der Grenzfläche erklärt. KW - Organische Solarzelle KW - Photostrom KW - Ladungsträgergenerierung KW - geminale Rekombination KW - nichtgeminale Rekombination KW - Elektronentransport KW - Photovoltaik KW - Rekombination Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-117852 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zupanc, Günther K. H. A1 - Rössler, Wolfgang T1 - Government funding of research beyond biomedicine: challenges and opportunities for neuroethology JF - Journal of Comparative Physiology A N2 - Curiosity-driven research is fundamental for neuroethology and depends crucially on governmental funding. Here, we highlight similarities and differences in funding of curiosity-driven research across countries by comparing two major funding agencies—the National Science Foundation (NSF) in the United States and the German Research Foundation (Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft, DFG). We interviewed representatives from each of the two agencies, focusing on general funding trends, levels of young investigator support, career-life balance, and international collaborations. While our analysis revealed a negative trend in NSF funding of biological research, including curiosity-driven research, German researchers in these areas have benefited from a robust positive trend in DFG funding. The main reason for the decrease in curiosity-driven research in the US is that the NSF has only partially been able to compensate for the funding gap resulting from the National Institutes of Health restricting their support to biomedical research using select model organisms. Notwithstanding some differences in funding programs, particularly those relevant for scientists in the postdoctoral phase, both the NSF and DFG clearly support curiosity-driven research. KW - German Research Foundation KW - Government research funding KW - National Science Foundation KW - Deutsche Forschungsgemeinschaft KW - neuroethology Y1 - 2022 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-325113 VL - 208 IS - 3 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zullo, Alberto A1 - Fleckenstein, Johannes A1 - Schleip, Robert A1 - Hoppe, Kerstin A1 - Wearing, Scott A1 - Klingler, Werner T1 - Structural and Functional Changes in the Coupling of Fascial Tissue, Skeletal Muscle, and Nerves During Aging JF - Frontiers in Physiology N2 - Aging is a one-way process associated with profound structural and functional changes in the organism. Indeed, the neuromuscular system undergoes a wide remodeling, which involves muscles, fascia, and the central and peripheral nervous systems. As a result, intrinsic features of tissues, as well as their functional and structural coupling, are affected and a decline in overall physical performance occurs. Evidence from the scientific literature demonstrates that senescence is associated with increased stiffness and reduced elasticity of fascia, as well as loss of skeletal muscle mass, strength, and regenerative potential. The interaction between muscular and fascial structures is also weakened. As for the nervous system, aging leads to motor cortex atrophy, reduced motor cortical excitability, and plasticity, thus leading to accumulation of denervated muscle fibers. As a result, the magnitude of force generated by the neuromuscular apparatus, its transmission along the myofascial chain, joint mobility, and movement coordination are impaired. In this review, we summarize the evidence about the deleterious effect of aging on skeletal muscle, fascial tissue, and the nervous system. In particular, we address the structural and functional changes occurring within and between these tissues and discuss the effect of inflammation in aging. From the clinical perspective, this article outlines promising approaches for analyzing the composition and the viscoelastic properties of skeletal muscle, such as ultrasonography and elastography, which could be applied for a better understanding of musculoskeletal modifications occurring with aging. Moreover, we describe the use of tissue manipulation techniques, such as massage, traction, mobilization as well as acupuncture, dry needling, and nerve block, to enhance fascial repair. KW - aging KW - connective tissue KW - fascia KW - skeletal muscle KW - nerve Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-206890 SN - 1664-042X VL - 11 IS - 592 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zukher, Inna A1 - Novikova, Maria A1 - Tikhonov, Anton A1 - Nesterchuk, Mikhail V. A1 - Osterman, Ilya A. A1 - Djordjevic, Marko A1 - Sergiev, Petr V. A1 - Sharma, Cynthia M. A1 - Severinov, Konstantin T1 - Ribosome-controlled transcription termination is essential for the production of antibiotic microcin C JF - Nucleic Acids Research N2 - Microcin C (McC) is a peptide-nucleotide antibiotic produced by Escherichia coli cells harboring a plasmid-borne operon mccABCDE. The heptapeptide MccA is converted into McC by adenylation catalyzed by the MccB enzyme. Since MccA is a substrate for MccB, a mechanism that regulates the MccA/MccB ratio likely exists. Here, we show that transcription from a promoter located upstream of mccA directs the synthesis of two transcripts: a short highly abundant transcript containing the mccA ORF and a longer minor transcript containing mccA and downstream ORFs. The short transcript is generated when RNA polymerase terminates transcription at an intrinsic terminator located in the intergenic region between the mccA and mccB genes. The function of this terminator is strongly attenuated by upstream mcc sequences. Attenuation is relieved and transcription termination is induced when ribosome binds to the mccA ORF. Ribosome binding also makes the mccA RNA exceptionally stable. Together, these two effects-ribosome induced transcription termination and stabilization of the message-account for very high abundance of the mccA transcript that is essential for McC production. The general scheme appears to be evolutionary conserved as ribosome-induced transcription termination also occurs in a homologous operon from Helicobacter pylori. KW - escherichia coli KW - messenger-RNA decay KW - translation KW - expression KW - synthetase KW - enterobacteria KW - inhibitors KW - maturation KW - target KW - stability Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-114839 SN - 0305-1048 VL - 42 IS - 19 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zugmaier, G. A1 - Topp, M. S. A1 - Alekar, S. A1 - Viardot, A. A1 - Horst, H.-A. A1 - Neumann, S. A1 - Stelljes, M. A1 - Bargou, R. C. A1 - Goebeler, M. A1 - Wessiepe, D. A1 - Degenhard, E. A1 - Goekbuget, N. A1 - Klinger, M. T1 - Long-term follow-up of serum immunoglobulin levels in blinatumomab-treated patients with minimal residual disease-positive B-precursor acute lymphoblastic leukemia JF - Blood Cancer Journal N2 - No abstract available. KW - stem-cell transplantation KW - free survival KW - engaging aantibody KW - Rituximab KW - lymphoma KW - hypogammaglobulinemia KW - lineage Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-115433 SN - 2044-5385 VL - 4 IS - e244 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zude, Ingmar T1 - Characterization of virulence-associated traits of Escherichia coli bovine mastitis isolates T1 - Charakterisierung Virulenz-assozierter Eigenschaften von Escherichia coli Isolaten boviner Mastitis N2 - Bacterial mastitis is caused by invasion of the udder, bacterial multiplication and induction of inflammatory responses in the bovine mammary gland. Disease severity and the cause of disease are influenced by environmental factors, the cow’s immune response as well as bacterial traits. Escherichia coli (E. coli) is one of the main causes of acute bovine mastitis, but although pathogenic E. coli strains can be classified into different pathotypes, E. coli causing mastitis cannot unambiguously be distinguished from commensal E. coli nor has a common set of virulence factors been described for mastitis isolates. This project focussed on the characterization of virulence- associated traits of E. coli mastitis isolates in comprehensive analyses under conditions either mimicking initial pathogenesis or conditions that E. coli mastitis isolates should encounter while entering the udder. Virulence-associated traits as well as fitness traits of selected bovine mastitis or faecal E. coli strains were identified and analyzed in comparative phenotypic assays. Raw milk whey was introduced to test bacterial fitness in native mammary secretion known to confer antimicrobial effects. Accordingly, E. coli isolates from bovine faeces represented a heterogeneous group of which some isolates showed reduced ability to survive in milk whey whereas others phenotypically resembled mastitis isolates that represented a homogeneous group in that they showed similar survival and growth characteristics in milk whey. In contrast, mastitis isolates did not exhibit such a uniform phenotype when challenged with iron shortage, lactose as sole carbon source and lingual antimicrobial peptide (LAP) as a main defensin of milk. Reduced bacterial fitness could be related to LAP suggesting that bacterial adaptation to an intramammary lifestyle requires resistance to host defensins present in mammary secretions, at least LAP. E. coli strain 1303 and ECC-1470 lack particular virulence genes associated to mastitis isolates. To find out whether differences in gene expression may contribute to the ability of E. coli variants to cause mastitis, the transcriptome of E. coli model mastitis isolates 1303 and ECC-1470 were analyzed to identify candidate genes involved in bacterium-host interaction, fitness or even pathogenicity during bovine mastitis. DNA microarray analysis was employed to assess the transcriptional response of E. coli 1303 and ECC-1470 upon cocultivation with MAC-T immortalized bovine mammary gland epithelial cells to identify candidate genes involved in bacterium-host interaction. Additionally, the cell adhesion and invasion ability of E. coli strain 1303 and ECC-1470 was investigated. The transcriptonal response to the presence of host cells rather suggested competition for nutrients and oxygen between E. coli and MAC-T cells than marked signs of adhesion and invasion. Accordingly, mostly fitness traits that may also contribute to efficient colonization of the E. coli primary habitat, the gut, have been utilized by the mastitis isolates under these conditions. In this study, RNA-Seq was employed to assess the bacterial transcriptional response to milk whey. According to our transcriptome data, the lack of positively deregulated and also of true virulence-associated determinants in both of the mastitis isolates indicated that E. coli might have adapted by other means to the udder (or at least mammary secretion) as an inflammatory site. We identified traits that promote bacterial growth and survival in milk whey. The ability to utilize citrate promotes fitness and survival of E. coli that are thriving in mammary secretions. According to our results, lactoferrin has only weak impact on E. coli in mammary secretions. At the same time bacterial determinants involved in iron assimilation were negatively regulated, suggesting that, at least during the first hours, iron assimilation is not a challenge to E. coli colonizing the mammary gland. It has been hypothesized that cellular iron stores cause temporary independency to extracellular accessible iron. According to our transcriptome data, this hypothesis was supported and places iron uptake systems beyond the speculative importance that has been suggested before, at least during early phases of infection. It has also been shown that the ability to resist extracytoplasmic stress, by oxidative conditions as well as host defensins, is of substantial importance for bacterial survival in mammary secretions. In summary, the presented thesis addresses important aspects of host-pathogen interaction and bacterial conversion to hostile conditions during colonization of the mastitis inflammatory site, the mammary gland. N2 - Bei der bakteriellen Mastitis handelt es sich um eine Infektion der bovinen Milchdrüse, ausgelöst durch Eintritt und Wachstum der Bakterien im Euter der Kuh. Krankheitsverlauf und Ursache werden beeinflusst durch Umweltfaktoren, das Immunsystem des Wirtes und die Eigenschaften des bakteriellen Erregers. Die Spezies Escherichia coli (E. coli) ist einer der häufigsten Erreger der akuten bovinen Mastitis. Generell können pathogene E. coli -Stämme entsprechend ihres Infektionsortes in verschiedene Pathotypen klassifiziert werden, die durch eine individuelle Kombination verschiedener Virulenzfaktoren gekennzeichnet sind. Eine eindeutige Unterscheidung von E. coli –Mastitiserregern und kommensalen E. coli -Stämmen ist bisher nicht beschrieben. Diese Studie befasst sich mit der Charakterisierung virulenz-assozierter Eigenschaften von E. coli –Isolaten der bovinen Mastitis. Dazu wurden Untersuchungen unter Bedingungen durchgeführt, die denen während der Anfangsphase der Mastitis entsprechen. Die Virulenz und Fitness-assoziierten Eigenschaften ausgewählter E. coli Mastitis- und Fäkalisolate wurden in vergleichenden phenotypischen Assays identifiziert und analysiert. Zur Untersuchung der bakteriellen Fitness in Milchdrüsensekreten wurde native Molke mit antimikrobiellen Eigenschaften von Rohmilch genutzt. Dabei stellte sich heraus dass E. coli Fäkalisolate eine heterogene Gruppe bilden. Innerhalb dieser Gruppe wiesen einige Isolate eine verminderte Überlebensrate auf. Andere Fäkalisolate zeigten eine höhere Überlebensrate, ähnlich der Überlebensrate von Mastitiserregern. Im Gegensatz zum ihrem grundsätzlich guten Überleben in Molke zeigten Mastitisisolate keine einheitlichen phänotypischen Merkmale bei Wachstum mit 1) Lactose als einziger Kohlenstoffquelle, 2) Eisenlimitierung, oder 3) unter Einfluss von lingualem antimikrobiellem Peptid (LAP), einem bedeutenden Defensin der Wirtsantwort im Euter. Die verminderte Fähigkeit in Milchdrüsensekreten zu überleben korrelierte mit der konzentrationsabhängigen Überlebensfähigkeit in Gegenwart von LAP. Dies lässt vermuten dass eine Anpassung der Bakterien an die Lebensbedingungen in der bovinen Milchdrüse der Resistenz gegenüber Defensinen (u.a. LAP) bedarf. Den Mastitis-isolaten E. coli 1303 und ECC 1470 fehlen diverse Virulenzgene die bereits mit Mastitis assoziiert werden konnten. Um zu bestimmen ob Unterschiede in der Genexpression beider E. coli Isolate dazu beitragen Mastitis auszulösen, wurden Transkriptomanalysen durchgeführt. Dabei sollten vor allem Kandidatengene bestimmt werden, die an der Wirt-Pathogen-Interaktion beteiligt sind oder zur bakteriellen Fitness oder Virulenz der Erreger beitragen. Auf der Basis von DNA Microarrays wurde die Genexpression von E. coli 1303 und ECC 1470 in Gegenwart von immortalisierten Zellen des bovinen Milchdrüsenepithels (MAC-T) bestimmt. Zusätzlich wurde die Fähigkeit zur Zelladhäsion und Internalisierung beider Isolate untersucht. Die bakterielle Transkriptionsantwort in Gegenwart der Wirtszellen ergab, dass Erreger und Wirtszellen eher um den Bedarf an Nährstoffen und Sauerstoff konkurrierten, anstatt deutliche Anzeichen der Zelladhäsion oder Invasion zu zeigen. Beide Isolate nutzten vornehmlich Fitnesseigenschaften, die auch bei der Besiedlung des Darms als dem primären Habitat von E. coli verwendet werden. In dieser Studie wurde außerdem die Genexpression von E. coli 1303 und ECC 1470 in Reaktion auf Molke aus Rohmilch mittels Gesamt-Transkriptom-Sequenzierung (RNA Seq) untersucht. Die Transkriptomanalyse ergab keine wirklich deregulierten virulenz-assozierten Gene in einer der beiden E. coli Mastitis Isolate. Ferner konnten Eigenschaften identifiziert werden, die zum Wachstum und Überleben in nativer Molke beitragen. Die Fähigkeit, Citrat zu verwerten, begünstigt das erfolgreiche Überleben in Milchdrüsensekten und stellt einen wichtigen Fitnessfaktor dar. Unsere Transkriptomdaten bestätigen dass Lactoferrin nur geringen Einfluss auf das Wachstum, von E. coli in Milchdrüsensekreten, hat. Die Expression bakterieller Determinanten, die an der Aufnahme von Eisen beteiligt sind, wurde herunterreguliert. Dies lässt darauf schließen dass Eisenaufnahme in den ersten Stunden der Kolonisierung durch die Erreger keine essentielle Fitnesseigenschaft darstellt. Vermutlich reicht die intrazelluläre Menge an Eisen aus, um eine zeitweise Unabhängigkeit von extrazellular verfügbarem Eisen zu ermöglichen. Diese These konnte durch unsere Transkriptomdaten gestützt werden und stellt eine wichtige Entdeckung in Bezug auf die Verfügbarkeit von Eisen während der Kolonisierung der Milchdrüse dar. Unsere Daten zeigen, dass die Resistenz gegenüber extrazellulärem Stress durch oxidative Bedingungen und Defensine des Wirtes von großer Bedeutung für das bakterielle Überleben in Milchdrüsensekreten ist. Die vorliegende Thesis befasst sich mit wichtigen Aspekten der Wirt-Pathogen-Interaktion und der Anpassung an die antimikrobiellen Bedingungen während der Kolonisierung der Milchdrüse als Ort der Infektion. KW - Escherichia coli KW - mastitis KW - infection KW - virulence KW - transcriptome analysis KW - Kuh KW - Brustdrüsenentzündung KW - Virulenz Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-100934 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zube, Christina T1 - Neuronal representation and processing of chemosensory communication signals in the ant brain N2 - Ants heavily rely on olfaction for communication and orientation and ant societies are characterized by caste- and sex-specific division of labor. Olfaction plays a key role in mediating caste-specific behaviours. I investigated whether caste- and sex-specific differences in odor driven behavior are reflected in specific differences and/or adaptations in the ant olfactory system. In particular, I asked the question whether in the carpenter ant, Camponotus floridanus, the olfactory pathway exhibits structural and/or functional adaptations to processing of pheromonal and general odors. To analyze neuroanatomical specializations, the central olfactory pathway in the brain of large (major) workers, small (minor) workers, virgin queens, and males of the carpenter ant C. floridanus was investigated using fluorescent tracing, immunocytochemistry, confocal microscopy and 3D-analyzes. For physiological analyzes of processing of pheromonal and non-pheromonal odors in the first odor processing neuropil , the antennal lobe (AL), calcium imaging of olfactory projection neurons (PNs) was applied. Although different in total glomerular volumes, the numbers of olfactory glomeruli in the ALs were similar across the female worker caste and in virgin queens. Here the AL contains up to ~460 olfactory glomeruli organized in 7 distinct clusters innervated via 7 antennal sensory tracts. The AL is divided into two hemispheres regarding innervations of glomeruli by PNs with axons leaving via a dual output pathway. This pathway consists of the medial (m) and lateral (l) antenno-cerebral tract (ACT) and connects the AL with the higher integration areas in the mushroom bodies (MB) and the lateral horn (LH). M- and l-ACT PNs differ in their target areas in the MB calyx and the LH. Three additional ACTs (mediolateral - ml) project to the lateral protocerebrum only. Males had ~45% fewer glomeruli compared to females and one of the seven sensory tracts was absent. Despite a substantially smaller number of glomeruli, males possess a dual PN output pathway to the MBs. In contrast to females, however, only a small number of glomeruli were innervated by projection neurons of the m-ACT. Whereas all glomeruli in males were densely innervated by serotonergic processes, glomeruli innervated by sensory tract six lacked serotonergic innervations in the female castes. It appears that differences in general glomerular organization are subtle among the female castes, but sex-specific differences in the number, connectivity and neuromodulatory innervations of glomeruli are substantial and likely to promote differences in olfactory behavior. Calcium imaging experiments to monitor pheromonal and non-pheromonal processing in the ant AL revealed that odor responses were reproducible and comparable across individuals. Calcium responses to both odor groups were very sensitive (10-11 dilution), and patterns from both groups were partly overlapping indicating that processing of both odor classes is not spatially segregated within the AL. Intensity response patterns to the pheromone components tested (trail pheromone: nerolic acid; alarm pheromone: n-undecane), in most cases, remained invariant over a wide range of intensities (7-8 log units), whereas patterns in response to general odors (heptanal, octanol) varied across intensities. Durations of calcium responses to stimulation with the trail pheromone component nerolic acid increased with increasing odor concentration indicating that odor quality is maintained by a stable pattern (concentration invariance) and intensity is mainly encoded in the response durations of calcium activities. For n-undecane and both general odors increasing response dynamics were only monitored in very few cases. In summary, this is the first detailed structure-function analyses within the ant’s central olfactory system. The results contribute to a better understanding of important aspects of odor processing and olfactory adaptations in an insect’s central olfactory system. Furthermore, this study serves as an excellent basis for future anatomical and/or physiological experiments. N2 - Für Ameisen spielt die olfaktorische Kommunikation und Orientierung eine zentrale Rolle hinsichtlich der Organisation des Ameisenstaates. Ob sich kasten- und geschlechtsspezifische Verhaltensunterschiede auf neuronaler Ebene und besonders im olfaktorischen System der Ameise widerspiegeln ist die zentrale Frage meiner Arbeit. Im Speziellen stellte ich die Frage, ob sich in der olfaktorischen Bahn der Rossameise Camponotus floridanus strukturelle oder funktionelle Anpassungen an die Verarbeitung von Pheromonen und generellen Düften aufzeigen lassen. Zur Analyse hinsichtlich neuroanatomischer Spezialisierungen wurde die olfaktorische Bahn im Gehirn von großen und kleinen Arbeiterinnen, Jungköniginnen und Männchen der Rossameise C. floridanus mittels Fluoreszenzmassenfärbungen, Immunzytochemie, konfokaler Laserscanningmikroskopie und 3D-Auswertung untersucht. Um die Verarbeitung von Pheromonen und generellen Düften im primären olfaktorischen Neuropil, dem Antennallobus (AL), auf physiologischer Ebene zu charakterisieren wurden olfaktorische Projektionsneurone mittels Calcium Imaging untersucht. Obwohl sich das glomeruläre Gesamtvolumen der ALs zwischen Arbeiterinnenkasten und Jungköniginnen unterscheidet, lag die Gesamtzahl der Glomeruli im AL in einem ähnlichen Bereich. Der AL besteht in allen drei weiblichen Kasten aus bis zu 460 Glomeruli, die in sieben Clustern angeordnet sind und von sieben sensorischen Eingangstrakten innerviert werden. Der AL unterteilt sich in zwei Hemispheren, deren entsprechende Glomeruli von Projektionsneuronen innverviert werden, die vom AL über die Nervenbahn des “dual output pathway” in höhere Hirnregionen projizieren. Diese Nervenbahn besteht aus dem medialen (m) und lateralen (l) Antennocerebraltrakt (ACT) und verbindet den AL mit höheren Integrationszentren wie den Pilzkörpern (MB) und dem lateralen Horn (LH). M- und l-ACT unterscheiden sich in ihren Zielregionen im MB Calyx und dem LH. Drei weitere ACTs (mediolateral – ml) projizieren ausschließlich ins laterale Protocerebrum. Männchen besitzen ca. 45% weniger Glomeruli im Vergleich zur Weibchenkaste. Ihnen fehlt weiterhin einer der sieben sensorischen Eingangstrakte vollständig. Trotz der wesentlich geringeren Anzahl an Glomeruli, besitzen auch Männchen den “dual output pathway”. Im Gegensatz zu den Weibchen ist allerdings nur eine geringe Anzahl an Glomeruli durch m-ACT Projektionsneurone innerviert. Ein weiterer Unterschied im AL von Männchen und Weibchen findet sich in den Glomeruli des sensorische Trakts Nummer sechs, die bei Weibchen keinerlei serotonerge Innervierung aufweisen während beim Männchen der gesamte AL dichte serotonerge Verzweigungen besitzt. Es zeigt sich somit, dass die kastenspezifischen Unterschiede in der allgmeinen glomerulären Organisation des AL innerhalb der Weibchenkaste nur sehr fein sind. Im Gegensatz dazu sind die geschlechtsspezifischen Unterschiede in Anzahl, Konnektivität und neuromodulatorischer Innervierung von Glomeruli zwischen Weibchen- und Männchen wesentlich ausgeprägter was Unterschiede in olfaktorisch geprägten Verhaltensweisen begünstigen könnte. Die Calcium Imaging Experimente zur Untersuchung der Verarbeitung von Pheromonen und generellen Düften im AL der Ameise zeigten, dass Duftantworten reproduzierbar und zwischen Individuen vergleichbar waren. Die Sensitivität des Calcium Signals lag für beide Duftgruppen in einem sehr niedrigen Bereich (Verdünnung 10-11). Die Antortmuster beider Duftgruppen überlappten zum Teil, was die Annahme zuläßt, dass die Verarbeitung von Pheromonen und generellen Düften keiner räumlichen Trennung innerhalb des AL unterliegt. Die Intensität der Antwortmuster auf die Pheromonkomponenten (Spurpheromon: Nerolsäure; Alarmpheromon: n-Undecan) blieben in den meisten Fällen über einen weiten Konzentrationsbereich konstant (7-8 log Einheiten). Die Dauer der Calciumantwort nach Stimulation mit Nerolsäure verlängerte sich mit steigender Duftkonzentration. Dies läßt für das Spurpheromon den Schluß zu, dass die Duftqualität in einem konstanten Duftmuster (Konzentrationsinvarianz) repräsentiert und die Duftintensität über die Dauer des Calciumsignals abgebildet wird. Da die Antwortmuster auf generelle Düfte (Heptanal, Octanol) dagegen sehr viel stärker innerhalb des getesteten Konzentrationsbereichs varrieren ließ sich für n-Undecan und die beiden generellen Düfte eine solche Dynamik nur in einigen wenigen Fällen beobachtet. Zusammenfassend ist diese Studie die erste strukturelle und funktionelle Studie des olfaktorischen Systems der Ameise. Die Ergebnisse tragen zu einem besseren Verständnis der neuronalen Adaptationen und Mechanismen hinsichtlich Duftverarbeitung im zentralen Nervensystem von Insekten bei. Außerdem liefert diese Studie eine wichtige Grundlage für zukünftige neuroanatomische und –physiologische Untersuchungen auf dem Gebiet der Neurobiologie der Insekten. KW - Gehirn KW - Neuroethologie KW - Neuroanatomie KW - Geruchswahrnehmung KW - Neuronale Plastizität KW - Insekten KW - Antennallobus KW - Glomeruli KW - olfaktorische Bahn KW - Camponotus floridanus KW - Dufverarbeitung KW - antennal lobe KW - glomeruli KW - olfactory pathway KW - Campontous floridanus KW - odor processing Y1 - 2008 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-30383 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zoungrana, Benewinde Jean-Bosco A1 - Conrad, Christopher A1 - Amekudzi, Leonard K. A1 - Thiel, Michael A1 - Dapola Da, Evariste A1 - Forkuor, Gerald A1 - Löw, Fabian T1 - Multi-Temporal Landsat Images and Ancillary Data for Land Use/Cover Change (LULCC) Detection in the Southwest of Burkina Faso, West Africa JF - Remote Sensing N2 - Accurate quantification of land use/cover change (LULCC) is important for efficient environmental management, especially in regions that are extremely affected by climate variability and continuous population growth such as West Africa. In this context, accurate LULC classification and statistically sound change area estimates are essential for a better understanding of LULCC processes. This study aimed at comparing mono-temporal and multi-temporal LULC classifications as well as their combination with ancillary data and to determine LULCC across the heterogeneous landscape of southwest Burkina Faso using accurate classification results. Landsat data (1999, 2006 and 2011) and ancillary data served as input features for the random forest classifier algorithm. Five LULC classes were identified: woodland, mixed vegetation, bare surface, water and agricultural area. A reference database was established using different sources including high-resolution images, aerial photo and field data. LULCC and LULC classification accuracies, area and area uncertainty were computed based on the method of adjusted error matrices. The results revealed that multi-temporal classification significantly outperformed those solely based on mono-temporal data in the study area. However, combining mono-temporal imagery and ancillary data for LULC classification had the same accuracy level as multi-temporal classification which is an indication that this combination is an efficient alternative to multi-temporal classification in the study region, where cloud free images are rare. The LULCC map obtained had an overall accuracy of 92%. Natural vegetation loss was estimated to be 17.9% ± 2.5% between 1999 and 2011. The study area experienced an increase in agricultural area and bare surface at the expense of woodland and mixed vegetation, which attests to the ongoing deforestation. These results can serve as means of regional and global land cover products validation, as they provide a new validated data set with uncertainty estimates in heterogeneous ecosystems prone to classification errors. KW - Burkina Faso KW - West Africa KW - multi-temporal images KW - mono-temporal image KW - ancillary data KW - LULCC Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-125866 VL - 7 IS - 9 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zottnick, Sven H. A1 - Sprenger, Jan A. P. A1 - Finze, Maik A1 - Müller‐Buschbaum, Klaus T1 - Statistic Replacement of Lanthanide Ions in Bis‐salicylatoborate Coordination Polymers for the Deliberate Control of the Luminescence Chromaticity JF - ChemistryOpen N2 - Based on the strand‐like coordination polymer (CP) type \(^{1}\)\(_{∞}\)[Ln(BSB)\(_{3}\)(py)\(_{2}\)], [BSB]−=bis‐salicylatoborate anion, mixed Eu/Tb‐containing compounds of the constitution \(^{1}\)\(_{∞}\)[Eu\(_{x}\)Tb\(_{1-x}\)(BSB)\(_{3}\)(py)\(_{2}\)] were synthesised ionothermally for a phase width of (x=0.25–0.75) and characterized regarding structure and optical properties. Previously, known only for other lanthanides, the mixed 1D−Eu/Tb‐CPs show excellent options for statistic replacement of the Ln‐cations during synthesis yielding solid solutions. The products are highly luminescent, with the chromaticity being a direct function of the amount of the respective Ln‐ions. Corresponding to an overall addition of emission intensities, the green Tb\(^{3+}\) emission and the red Eu\(^{3+}\) emission allow for a chromaticity control that also includes yellow emission. Control of the luminescence colour renders them suitable examples of the versatility of statistic replacement of metal ions in coordination chemistry. In addition, crystallization of [EMIm]\(_{2}\)[YCl\(_{5}\)(py)] illuminates possible other products of the ionothermal reactions of [EMIm][BSB] with LnCl\(_{3}\) constituted by components not being part of the main CPs. KW - borates KW - coordination polymers KW - ionic liquids KW - lanthanides KW - luminescence Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-239953 VL - 10 IS - 2 SP - 164 EP - 170 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zott, Maximilian T1 - Extreme Value Theory in Higher Dimensions - Max-Stable Processes and Multivariate Records T1 - Höherdimensionale Extremwerttheorie - Max-Stabile Prozesse und Multivariate Rekorde N2 - Die Extremwerttheorie behandelt die stochastische Modellierung seltener und extremer Ereignisse. Während fundamentale Theorien in der klassischen Stochastik, wie etwa die Gesetze der großen Zahlen oder der zentrale Grenzwertsatz das asymptotische Verhalten der Summe von Zufallsvariablen untersucht, liegt in der Extremwerttheorie der Fokus auf dem Maximum oder dem Minimum einer Menge von Beobachtungen. Die Grenzverteilung des normierten Stichprobenmaximums unter einer Folge von unabhängigen und identisch verteilten Zufallsvariablen kann durch sogenannte max-stabile Verteilungen charakterisiert werden. In dieser Dissertation werden verschiedene Aspekte der Theorie der max-stabilen Zufallsvektoren und stochastischen Prozesse behandelt. Insbesondere wird der Begriff der 'Differenzierbarkeit in Verteilung' eines max-stabilen Prozesses eingeführt und untersucht. Ferner werden 'verallgemeinerte max-lineare Modelle' eingeführt, um einen bekannten max-stabilen Zufallsvektor durch einen max-stabilen Prozess zu interpolieren. Darüber hinaus wird der Zusammenhang von extremwerttheoretischen Methoden mit der Theorie der multivariaten Rekorde hergestellt. Insbesondere werden sogenannte 'vollständige' und 'einfache' Rekorde eingeführt, und deren asymptotisches Verhalten untersucht. N2 - Extreme value theory is concerned with the stochastic modeling of rare and extreme events. While fundamental theories of classical stochastics - such as the laws of small numbers or the central limit theorem - are used to investigate the asymptotic behavior of the sum of random variables, extreme value theory focuses on the maximum or minimum of a set of observations. The limit distribution of the normalized sample maximum among a sequence of independent and identically distributed random variables can be characterized by means of so-called max-stable distributions. This dissertation concerns with different aspects of the theory of max-stable random vectors and stochastic processes. In particular, the concept of 'differentiability in distribution' of a max-stable process is introduced and investigated. Moreover, 'generalized max-linear models' are introduced in order to interpolate a known max-stable random vector by a max-stable process. Further, the connection between extreme value theory and multivariate records is established. In particular, so-called 'complete' and 'simple' records are introduced as well as it is examined their asymptotic behavior. KW - Stochastischer Prozess KW - Extremwertstatistik KW - max-stable process KW - max-linear model KW - Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung KW - Rekord Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-136614 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zoran, Tamara A1 - Seelbinder, Bastian A1 - White, Philip Lewis A1 - Price, Jessica Sarah A1 - Kraus, Sabrina A1 - Kurzai, Oliver A1 - Linde, Joerg A1 - Häder, Antje A1 - Loeffler, Claudia A1 - Grigoleit, Goetz Ulrich A1 - Einsele, Hermann A1 - Panagiotou, Gianni A1 - Loeffler, Juergen A1 - Schäuble, Sascha T1 - Molecular profiling reveals characteristic and decisive signatures in patients after allogeneic stem cell transplantation suffering from invasive pulmonary aspergillosis JF - Journal of Fungi N2 - Despite available diagnostic tests and recent advances, diagnosis of pulmonary invasive aspergillosis (IPA) remains challenging. We performed a longitudinal case-control pilot study to identify host-specific, novel, and immune-relevant molecular candidates indicating IPA in patients post allogeneic stem cell transplantation (alloSCT). Supported by differential gene expression analysis of six relevant in vitro studies, we conducted RNA sequencing of three alloSCT patients categorized as probable IPA cases and their matched controls without Aspergillus infection (66 samples in total). We additionally performed immunoassay analysis for all patient samples to gain a multi-omics perspective. Profiling analysis suggested LGALS2, MMP1, IL-8, and caspase-3 as potential host molecular candidates indicating IPA in investigated alloSCT patients. MMP1, IL-8, and caspase-3 were evaluated further in alloSCT patients for their potential to differentiate possible IPA cases and patients suffering from COVID-19-associated pulmonary aspergillosis (CAPA) and appropriate control patients. Possible IPA cases showed differences in IL-8 and caspase-3 serum levels compared with matched controls. Furthermore, we observed significant differences in IL-8 and caspase-3 levels among CAPA patients compared with control patients. With our conceptual work, we demonstrate the potential value of considering the human immune response during Aspergillus infection to identify immune-relevant molecular candidates indicating IPA in alloSCT patients. These human host candidates together with already established fungal biomarkers might improve the accuracy of IPA diagnostic tools. KW - host response KW - invasive pulmonary aspergillosis KW - alloSCT patients KW - galectin-2 KW - caspase-3 KW - matrix metallopeptidase-1 Y1 - 2022 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-262105 SN - 2309-608X VL - 8 IS - 2 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zoran, Tamara T1 - Multilevel analysis of the human immune response to \(Aspergillus\) \(fumigatus\) infection: Characteristic molecular signatures and individual risk factors T1 - Analysen der humanen Immunantwort auf eine Infektion mit \(Aspergillus\) \(fumigatus\): Charakteristische molekulare Signaturen und individuelle Risikofaktoren N2 - Although the field of fungal infections advanced tremendously, diagnosis of invasive pulmonary aspergillosis (IPA) in immunocompromised patients continues to be a challenge. Since IPA is a multifactorial disease, investigation from different aspects may provide new insights, helpful for improving IPA diagnosis. This work aimed to characterize the human immune response to Aspergillus fumigatus in a multilevel manner to identify characteristic molecular candidates and risk factors indicating IPA, which may in the future support already established diagnostic assays. We combined in vitro studies using myeloid cells infected with A. fumigatus and longitudinal case-control studies investigating patients post allogeneic stem cell transplantation (alloSCT) suffering from IPA and their match controls. Characteristic miRNA and mRNA signatures indicating A. fumigatus-infected monocyte-derived dendritic cells (moDCs) demonstrated the potential to differentiate between A. fumigatus and Escherichia coli infection. Transcriptome and protein profiling of alloSCT patients suffering from IPA and their matched controls revealed a distinctive IPA signature consisting of MMP1 induction and LGAL2 repression in combination with elevated IL-8 and caspase-3 levels. Both, in vitro and case-control studies, suggested cytokines, matrix-metallopeptidases and galectins are important in the immune response to A. fumigatus. Identified IPA characteristic molecular candidates are involved in numerous processes, thus a combination of these in a distinctive signature may increase the specificity. Finally, low monocyte counts, severe GvHD of the gut (grade ≥ 2) and etanercept administration were significantly associated with IPA diagnosis post alloSCT. Etanercept in monocyte-derived macrophages (MDM) infected with A. fumigatus downregulates genes involved in the NF-κB and TNF-α pathway and affects the secretion of CXCL10. Taken together, identified characteristic molecular signatures and risk factors indicating IPA may in the future in combination with established fungal biomarkers overcome current diagnostic challenges and help to establish tailored antifungal therapy. Therefore, further multicentre studies are encouraged to evaluate reported findings. N2 - Obwohl im Bereich der Erforschung invasiver Pilzinfektionen aktuell enorme Fortschritte erzielt wurden, stellt die Diagnose der Invasiven Pulmonalen Aspergillose (IPA) bei immunsupprimierten Patienten weiterhin eine grosse Herausforderung dar. Da es sich bei der IPA um eine multifaktorielle Erkrankung handelt, können Untersuchungen unter verschiedenen Fragestellungen neue Erkenntnisse liefern, die zur Verbesserung der IPA Diagnose beitragen. In dieser Arbeit wurde die humane Immunantwort auf Aspergillus fumigatus auf mehreren Ebenen untersucht, um charakteristische molekulare Kandidaten und Risikofaktoren zu identifizieren, die auf eine IPA hinweisen um so in Zukunft bereits etablierte diagnostische Tests unterstützen zu können. Wir kombinierten in vitro Studien mit A. fumigatus infizierten, myeloischen Zellen mit longitudinalen Case-Control-Studien, in denen an IPA erkrankte Patienten und ihre passenden Kontrollpatienten nach allogener Stammzelltransplantation (alloSZT) untersucht wurden. Charakteristische miRNA und mRNA Signaturen von A. fumigatus-infizierten Monozyten-abgeleiteten dendritischen Zellen (moDCs) zeigten das Potenzial, zwischen A. fumigatus und Escherichia coli Infektionen zu unterscheiden. Transkriptom- und Protein- Analysen von alloSZT Patienten, die an einer IPA erkrankten, und den passenden Kontrollpatienten ergaben charakteristische IPA Signaturen, bestehend aus einer MMP1 Induktion und einer LGALS2 Repression, in Kombination mit erhöhten IL-8 und Caspase-3 Konzentrationen. Sowohl die in vitro Daten als auch die Fall-Kontroll- Studien zeigten, dass Zytokine, Matrix-Metallopeptidasen und Galectine eine wichtige Rolle bei der Immunantwort auf A. fumigatus spielen. Die in IPA identifizierten charakteristischen molekularen Kandidaten sind an mehreren Prozessen beteiligt, so dass eine Kombination dieser molekularen Kandidaten die Spezifität mittels charakteristischer Signatur erhöhen könnte. Schließlich waren niedrige Monozytenzahlen, eine schwere GvHD des Darms (Grad ≥ 2) und die Anwendung von Etanercept signifikant mit einer IPA Diagnose nach alloSZT assoziiert. Etanercept in Makrophagen, die mit A. fumigatus ko-kultiviert wurden, reguliert Gene herunter, die am NF-κB- und TNF-α-Signalweg beteiligt sind, und beeinflusst die Sekretion von CXCL10. Zusammenfassend lässt sich festhalten, dass die identifizierten charakteristischen molekularen Signaturen und Risikofaktoren, die auf eine IPA hinweisen, in Zukunft in Kombination mit etablierten Pilz-Biomarkern die derzeitigen diagnostischen Limitationen überwinden könnten und dazu beitragen könnten, eine patientenindividuelle antimykotische Therapie zu etablieren. Es werden jedoch weitere multizentrische Studien notwendig sein, um diese Ergebnisse umfassend zu bewerten. KW - Aspergillus fumigatus KW - Immunantwort KW - Risikofaktoren KW - invasive pulmonary aspergillosis KW - immune response KW - risk factors KW - transcriptome profiling Y1 - 2022 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-298512 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zopf, Kathrin A1 - Frey, Kathrin R. A1 - Kienitz, Tina A1 - Ventz, Manfred A1 - Bauer, Britta A1 - Quinkler, Marcus T1 - \(Bcl\)I polymorphism of the glucocorticoid receptor and adrenal crisis in primary adrenal insufficiency JF - Endocrine Connections N2 - Context: Patients with primary adrenal insufficiency (PAI) or congenital adrenal hyperplasia (CAH) are at a high risk of adrenal crisis (AC). Glucocorticoid sensitivity is at least partially genetically determined by polymorphisms of the glucocorticoid receptor (GR). Objectives: To determine if a number of intercurrent illnesses and AC are associated with the GR gene polymorphism \(Bcl\)I in patients with PAI and CAH. Design and patients: This prospective, longitudinal study over 37.7 ± 10.1 months included 47 PAI and 25 CAH patients. During the study period, intercurrent illness episodes and AC were documented. Results: The study period covered 223 patient years in which 21 AC occurred (9.4 AC/100 pat years). There were no significant differences between \(Bcl\)I polymorphisms (CC (n=29), CG (n=34) and GG (n=9)) regarding BMI, hydrocortisone equivalent daily dose and blood pressure. We did not find a difference in the number of intercurrent illnesses/patient year among \(Bcl\)I polymorphisms (CC (1.5±1.4/pat year), CG (1.2±1.2/pat year) and GG (1.6±2.2/pat year)). The occurrence of AC was not significantly different among the homozygous (GG) genotype (32.5 AC/100 pat years), the CC genotype (6.7 AC/100 pat years) and the CG genotype (4.9 AC/100 pat years). Concomitant hypothyroidism was the highest in the GG genotype group (5/9), compared to others (CC (11/29) and CG (11/34)). Conclusions: Although sample sizes were relatively small and results should be interpreted with caution, this study suggests that the GR gene polymorphism \(Bcl\)I may not be associated with the frequencies of intercurrent illnesses and AC. KW - medicine KW - adrenal crisis KW - adrenal insufficiency KW - cortisol KW - hydrocortisone KW - polyglandular autoimmune syndrome Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-173276 VL - 6 IS - 8 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zonneveld, Ben J. M. T1 - The DNA weights per nucleus (genome size) of more than 2350 species of the Flora of The Netherlands, of which 1370 are new to science, including the pattern of their DNA peaks JF - Forum Geobotanicum N2 - Besides external characteristics and reading a piece of DNA (barcode), the DNA weight per nucleus (genome size) via flow cytometry is a key value to detect species and hybrids and determine ploidy. In addition, the DNA weight appears to be related to various properties, such as the size of the cell and the nucleus, the duration of mitosis and meiosis and the generation time. Sometimes it is even possible to distinguish between groups or sections, which can lead to new classification of the genera. The variation in DNA weight is also useful to analyze biodiversity, genome evolution and relationships between related taxa. Moreover, it is important to know how large a genome is before one determines the base sequence of the DNA of a plant. Flow cytometry is also important for understanding fundamental processes in plants such as growth and development and recognizing chimeras. In the literature, DNA weight measurements are usually limited to one genus and often only locally (Siljak et al. 2010; Bai et al. 2012). In this study, however, it was decided to investigate all vascular plants from one country. This can also contribute to the protection of rare plants. This study is the first flora in the world whose weight of DNA per nucleus and peak patterns has been determined. More than 6400 plants, representing more than 2350 (sub)species (more than 90%) have been collected, thanks to the help of almost 100 volunteers of Floristisch Onderzoek Nederland (Floron). Multiple specimens of many species have therefore been measured, preferably from different populations, in some cases more than fifty. For 1370 species, these values were not previously published. Moreover, a good number of the remaining 45% are new for The Netherlands. In principle, each species has a fixed weight of DNA per nucleus. It has also been found that, especially between the genera, there are strong differences in the number of peaks that determine the DNA weight, from one to five peaks. This indicates that in a plant or organ there are sometimes nuclei with multiples of its standard DNA weight (multiple ploidy levels). It is impossible to show graphs of more than 2350 species. Therefore, we have chosen to show the peak pattern in a new way in a short formula. Within most genera there are clear differences in the DNA weights per nucleus between the species, in some other genera the DNA weight is hardly variable. Based on about twenty genera that were previously measured completely in most cases (‘t Hart et al. 2003: Veldkamp and Zonneveld 2011; Soes et al. 2012; Dirkse et al. 2014, 2015; Verloove et al. 2017; Zonneveld [et al.] 2000−2018), it can be noted that even if all species of a genus have the same number of chromosomes, there can still be a difference of up to three times in the weight of the DNA. Therefore, a twice larger DNA weight does not have to indicate four sets of chromosomes. Finally, this research has also found clues to examine further the current taxonomy of a number of species or genera. KW - DNA weight KW - Pflanzen KW - genome KW - flora KW - Netherlands Y1 - 2019 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-189724 UR - http://www.forum-geobotanicum.net/articles/vol_8-2018/zonneveld_flora-of-the-netherlands/zonneveld_flora-of-the-netherlands.pdf SN - 1867-9315 VL - 8 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zoltner, Martin A1 - Krienitz, Nina A1 - Field, Mark C. A1 - Kramer, Susanne T1 - Comparative proteomics of the two T. brucei PABPs suggests that PABP2 controls bulk mRNA JF - PLoS Neglected Tropical Diseases N2 - Poly(A)-binding proteins (PABPs) regulate mRNA fate by controlling stability and translation through interactions with both the poly(A) tail and eIF4F complex. Many organisms have several paralogs of PABPs and eIF4F complex components and it is likely that different eIF4F/PABP complex combinations regulate distinct sets of mRNAs. Trypanosomes have five eIF4G paralogs, six of eIF4E and two PABPs, PABP1 and PABP2. Under starvation, polysomes dissociate and the majority of mRNAs, most translation initiation factors and PABP2 reversibly localise to starvation stress granules. To understand this more broadly we identified a protein interaction cohort for both T. brucei PABPs by cryo-mill/affinity purification-mass spectrometry. PABP1 very specifically interacts with the previously identified interactors eIF4E4 and eIF4G3 and few others. In contrast PABP2 is promiscuous, with a larger set of interactors including most translation initiation factors and most prominently eIF4G1, with its two partners TbG1-IP and TbG1-IP2. Only RBP23 was specific to PABP1, whilst 14 RNA-binding proteins were exclusively immunoprecipitated with PABP2. Significantly, PABP1 and associated proteins are largely excluded from starvation stress granules, but PABP2 and most interactors translocate to granules on starvation. We suggest that PABP1 regulates a small subpopulation of mainly small-sized mRNAs, as it interacts with a small and distinct set of proteins unable to enter the dominant pathway into starvation stress granules and localises preferentially to a subfraction of small polysomes. By contrast PABP2 likely regulates bulk mRNA translation, as it interacts with a wide range of proteins, enters stress granules and distributes over the full range of polysomes. KW - Trypanosoma KW - mRNA KW - T. brucei KW - PABPs Y1 - 2018 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-177126 VL - 12 IS - 7 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zollner, Ursula A1 - Rehn, Monika A1 - Dietl, Johannes T1 - Perinatal Problems in Multiple Births Inconsistent Terminology Y1 - 2010 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-85850 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zoephel, Judith A1 - Reiher, Wencke A1 - Rexer, Karl-Heinz A1 - Kahnt, Jörg A1 - Wegener, Christian T1 - Peptidomics of the Agriculturally Damaging Larval Stage of the Cabbage Root Fly Delia radicum (Diptera: Anthomyiidae) JF - PLoS One N2 - The larvae of the cabbage root fly induce serious damage to cultivated crops of the family Brassicaceae. We here report the biochemical characterisation of neuropeptides from the central nervous system and neurohemal organs, as well as regulatory peptides from enteroendocrine midgut cells of the cabbage maggot. By LC-MALDI-TOF/TOF and chemical labelling with 4-sulfophenyl isothiocyanate, 38 peptides could be identified, representing major insect peptide families: allatostatin A, allatostatin C, FMRFamide-like peptides, kinin, CAPA peptides, pyrokinins, sNPF, myosuppressin, corazonin, SIFamide, sulfakinins, tachykinins, NPLP1-peptides, adipokinetic hormone and CCHamide 1. We also report a new peptide (Yamide) which appears to be homolog to an amidated eclosion hormone-associated peptide in several Drosophila species. Immunocytochemical characterisation of the distribution of several classes of peptide-immunoreactive neurons and enteroendocrine cells shows a very similar but not identical peptide distribution to Drosophila. Since peptides regulate many vital physiological and behavioural processes such as moulting or feeding, our data may initiate the pharmacological testing and development of new specific peptide-based protection methods against the cabbage root fly and its larva. KW - adult drosophila KW - central-nervous-system KW - blowfly calliphora-vomitoria KW - drosophila melanogaster KW - mass spectometry KW - feeding behavior KW - fruit fly KW - functional characterization KW - immunoreactive neurons KW - neobellieria bullata Y1 - 2012 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-131727 VL - 7 IS - 7 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zlamy, Manuela A1 - Almanzar, Giovanni A1 - Parson, Walther A1 - Schmidt, Christian A1 - Leierer, Johannes A1 - Weinberger, Birgit A1 - Jeller, Verena A1 - Unsinn, Karin A1 - Eyrich, Matthias A1 - Würzner, Reinhard A1 - Prelog, Martina T1 - Efforts of the human immune system to maintain the peripheral CD8+ T cell compartment after childhood thymectomy JF - Immunity & Ageing N2 - Background Homeostatic mechanisms to maintain the T cell compartment diversity indicate an ongoing process of thymic activity and peripheral T cell renewal during human life. These processes are expected to be accelerated after childhood thymectomy and by the influence of cytomegalovirus (CMV) inducing a prematurely aged immune system. The study aimed to investigate proportional changes and replicative history of CD8+ T cells, of recent thymic emigrants (RTEs) and CD103+ T cells (mostly gut-experienced) and the role of Interleukin-(IL)-7 and IL-7 receptor (CD127)-expressing T cells in thymectomized patients compared to young and old healthy controls. Results Decreased proportions of naive and CD31 + CD8+ T cells were demonstrated after thymectomy, with higher proliferative activity of CD127-expressing T cells and significantly shorter relative telomere lengths (RTLs) and lower T cell receptor excision circles (TRECs). Increased circulating CD103+ T cells and a skewed T cell receptor (TCR) repertoire were found after thymectomy similar to elderly persons. Naive T cells were influenced by age at thymectomy and further decreased by CMV. Conclusions After childhood thymectomy, the immune system demonstrated constant efforts of the peripheral CD8+ T cell compartment to maintain homeostasis. Supposedly it tries to fill the void of RTEs by peripheral T cell proliferation, by at least partly IL-7-mediated mechanisms and by proportional increase of circulating CD103+ T cells, reminiscent of immune aging in elderly. Although other findings were less significant compared to healthy elderly, early thymectomy demonstrated immunological alterations of CD8+ T cells which mimic features of premature immunosenescence in humans. KW - thymectomy KW - naive T cells KW - TRECs KW - TCR diversity KW - CMV KW - CD8 KW - telomeres Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146497 VL - 13 IS - 3 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zirkel, J. A1 - Cecil, A. A1 - Schäfer, F. A1 - Rahlfs, S. A1 - Ouedraogo, A. A1 - Xiao, K. A1 - Sawadogo, S. A1 - Coulibaly, B. A1 - Becker, K. A1 - Dandekar, T. T1 - Analyzing Thiol-Dependent Redox Networks in the Presence of Methylene Blue and Other Antimalarial Agents with RT-PCR-Supported in silico Modeling JF - Bioinformatics and Biology Insights N2 - BACKGROUND: In the face of growing resistance in malaria parasites to drugs, pharmacological combination therapies are important. There is accumulating evidence that methylene blue (MB) is an effective drug against malaria. Here we explore the biological effects of both MB alone and in combination therapy using modeling and experimental data. RESULTS: We built a model of the central metabolic pathways in P. falciparum. Metabolic flux modes and their changes under MB were calculated by integrating experimental data (RT-PCR data on mRNAs for redox enzymes) as constraints and results from the YANA software package for metabolic pathway calculations. Several different lines of MB attack on Plasmodium redox defense were identified by analysis of the network effects. Next, chloroquine resistance based on pfmdr/and pfcrt transporters, as well as pyrimethamine/sulfadoxine resistance (by mutations in DHF/DHPS), were modeled in silico. Further modeling shows that MB has a favorable synergism on antimalarial network effects with these commonly used antimalarial drugs. CONCLUSIONS: Theoretical and experimental results support that methylene blue should, because of its resistance-breaking potential, be further tested as a key component in drug combination therapy efforts in holoendemic areas. KW - methylene blue KW - malaria KW - elementary mode analysis KW - drug KW - resistance KW - combination therapy KW - pathway KW - metabolic flux Y1 - 2012 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-123751 N1 - This is an open access article. Unrestricted non-commercial use is permitted provided the original work is properly cited. VL - 6 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zipfel, Julian A1 - Eyrich, Matthias A1 - Schlegel, Paul-Gerhardt A1 - Wiegering, Verena T1 - Disturbed B cell and DC-Homeostasis in Pediatric cGVHD Patients-Cocultivation Experiments and Review of the Literature JF - Clinics in Oncology N2 - B cells and DCs are suspected to play an important role in the pathogenesis of cGvHD, which is a serious complication of HSCT with high morbidity. It is characterized by immune responses of donor immune cells against recipient-derived antigens. athogenesis is not yet fully understood, however reconstitution of B cells after HSCT has similarities to physiologic ontogeny. Immunophenotyping and co-cultivation-experiments of B cells and DCs from pediatric patients with cGvHD as well as healthy donors were conducted. Significant differences between patients and healthy donors were observed with increased memory, transitional, CD69+ and CD86+ phenotype and lower levels of naïve B cells due to apoptosis. Co-cultivation revealed this to be primarily B cell-dependent without major effects of and with DCs. There was a decreased CD11c- phenotype in patients and less apoptosis of DCs. Our data suggest a disturbed homeostasis in B cells with increased memory phenotype in patients, whereas DCs could not influence these differences, therefore DCs are not imposing as promising targets. B cell-dependent approaches should be further investigated. KW - B cell Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-147914 VL - 1 IS - 1097 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziouti, Fani A1 - Rummler, Maximilian A1 - Steyn, Beatrice A1 - Thiele, Tobias A1 - Seliger, Anne A1 - Duda, Georg N. A1 - Bogen, Bjarne A1 - Willie, Bettina M. A1 - Jundt, Franziska T1 - Prevention of bone destruction by mechanical loading is not enhanced by the Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor CC-292 in myeloma bone disease JF - International Journal of Molecular Sciences N2 - Limiting bone resorption and regenerating bone tissue are treatment goals in myeloma bone disease (MMBD). Physical stimuli such as mechanical loading prevent bone destruction and enhance bone mass in the MOPC315.BM.Luc model of MMBD. It is unknown whether treatment with the Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor CC-292 (spebrutinib), which regulates osteoclast differentiation and function, augments the anabolic effect of mechanical loading. CC-292 was administered alone and in combination with axial compressive tibial loading in the MOPC315.BM.Luc model for three weeks. However, neither CC-292 alone nor its use in combination with mechanical loading was more effective in reducing osteolytic bone disease or rescuing bone mass than mechanical stimuli alone, as evidenced by microcomputed tomography (microCT) and histomorphometric analysis. Further studies are needed to investigate novel anti-myeloma and anti-resorptive strategies in combination with physical stimuli to improve treatment of MMBD. KW - multiple myeloma KW - cancer-induced bone disease KW - Bruton's tyrosine kinase inhibitor CC-292 KW - skeletal mechanobiology KW - bone adaptation KW - mechanical loading Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-284943 SN - 1422-0067 VL - 22 IS - 8 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zinner, Thomas T1 - Performance Modeling of QoE-Aware Multipath Video Transmission in the Future Internet T1 - Leistungsmodellierung einer Mehrpfad Video Übertragung im zukünftigen Internet unter Berücksichtigung der QoE N2 - Internet applications are becoming more and more flexible to support diverge user demands and network conditions. This is reflected by technical concepts, which provide new adaptation mechanisms to allow fine grained adjustment of the application quality and the corresponding bandwidth requirements. For the case of video streaming, the scalable video codec H.264/SVC allows the flexible adaptation of frame rate, video resolution and image quality with respect to the available network resources. In order to guarantee a good user-perceived quality (Quality of Experience, QoE) it is necessary to adjust and optimize the video quality accurately. But not only have the applications of the current Internet changed. Within network and transport, new technologies evolved during the last years providing a more flexible and efficient usage of data transport and network resources. One of the most promising technologies is Network Virtualization (NV) which is seen as an enabler to overcome the ossification of the Internet stack. It provides means to simultaneously operate multiple logical networks which allow for example application-specific addressing, naming and routing, or their individual resource management. New transport mechanisms like multipath transmission on the network and transport layer aim at an efficient usage of available transport resources. However, the simultaneous transmission of data via heterogeneous transport paths and communication technologies inevitably introduces packet reordering. Additional mechanisms and buffers are required to restore the correct packet order and thus to prevent a disturbance of the data transport. A proper buffer dimensioning as well as the classification of the impact of varying path characteristics like bandwidth and delay require appropriate evaluation methods. Additionally, for a path selection mechanism real time evaluation mechanisms are needed. A better application-network interaction and the corresponding exchange of information enable an efficient adaptation of the application to the network conditions and vice versa. This PhD thesis analyzes a video streaming architecture utilizing multipath transmission and scalable video coding and develops the following optimization possibilities and results: Analysis and dimensioning methods for multipath transmission, quantification of the adaptation possibilities to the current network conditions with respect to the QoE for H.264/SVC, and evaluation and optimization of a future video streaming architecture, which allows a better interaction of application and network. N2 - Die Applikationen im Internet passen sich immer besser an unterschiedliche Anforderungen der Nutzer und variierende Netzwerkbedingungen an. Neue Mechanismen ermöglichen die zielgerichtete Anpassung der Anwendungsqualität und damit der benötigten Bandbreite. Im Falle von Videostreaming ermöglicht der skalierbare Videocodec H.264/SVC, die flexible Veränderung der Bildwiederholungsrate, der Auflösung des Videos und der Bildqualität an die vorhandenen Ressourcen im Netzwerk. Um eine gute vom Nutzer erfahrene Dienstgüte (Quality of Experience, QoE) zu garantieren, muss die Videoqualität richtig angepasst und optimiert werden. Aber nicht nur die Anwendungen des heutigen Internets haben sich verändert. Gerade in den letzten Jahren entstanden neue Netzwerk- und Transporttechnologien, welche eine flexiblere und effizientere Nutzung der Kommunikationsnetze erlauben. Eine dieser Techniken ist die Virtualisierung von Netzwerken. Sie erlaubt es auf einem gemeinsamen physikalischen Netz verschiedene logische Netze zu betreiben, die zum Beispiel Anwendungs-abhängige Adressierung unterstützen, eigene Namensgebung erlauben oder ein individuelles Ressourcen Management ermöglichen. Neuartige Transportmechanismen wie Mehrpfadübertragung auf Netzwerk- und Transportebene des ISO/OSI Stacks streben eine effiziente Ausnutzung der zur Verfügung stehenden Übertragungsmöglichkeiten an. Doch die simultane Übertragung von Daten über heterogene Kommunikationspfade und –technologien führt unausweichlich zu einer Veränderung der Reihenfolge, in der die Pakete ankommen. Es werden zusätzliche Mechanismen und Puffer benötigt, um die ursprüngliche Paketreihenfolge wieder herzustellen und so einen störenden Einfluss auf den Datentransport zu verhindern. Die richtige Dimensionierung dieser Puffer sowie die Klassifizierung des Einflusses von variierenden Pfadparametern wie Bandbreite und Verzögerungen setzen passende Evaluierungsmethoden voraus. Darüber hinaus werden für die Auswahl von geeigneten Pfaden aus einer Menge vorhandener Pfade echtzeitfähige Bewertungsmechanismen benötigt. Eine bessere Interaktion zwischen Applikationen und Netzwerk und der damit verbundene Informationsaustausch ermöglicht die effiziente Anpassung der Applikationsqualität an das Netzwerk und umgekehrt. Diese Doktorarbeit analysiert eine auf Mehrpfadübertragung und skalierbarer Videokodierung basierende Videostreaming Architektur und erarbeitet die folgenden Optimierungsmöglichkeiten und Auswertungen: Analyse- und Dimensionierungsmethoden für Mehrpfadübertragung, Quantifizierung der Anpassungsmöglichkeiten von SVC an das Netzwerk unter Berücksichtigung der QoE und Evaluierung und Optimierung einer zukünftigen Videostreaming Architektur, welche eine stärkere Interaktion zwischen Applikation und Netzwerk ermöglicht. T3 - Würzburger Beiträge zur Leistungsbewertung Verteilter Systeme - 03/12 KW - Videoübertragung KW - H.264 SVC KW - Modellierung KW - Quality-of-Experience KW - Mehrpfadübertragung KW - Multipath Transmission KW - Video Streaming KW - H.264/SVC KW - QoE KW - Performance Modeling Y1 - 2012 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-72324 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zinner, Christoph A1 - Sperlich, Billy A1 - Wahl, Patrick A1 - Mester, Joachim T1 - Classification of selected cardiopulmonary variables of elite athletes of different age, gender, and disciplines during incremental exercise testing JF - SpringerPlus N2 - Incremental exercise testing is frequently used as a tool for evaluating determinants of endurance performance. The available reference values for the peak oxygen uptake \((VO_{2peak})\), % of \(VO_{2peak}\) , running speed at the lactate threshold \((v_{LT})\), running economy (RE), and maximal running speed \((v_{peak})\) for different age, gender, and disciplines are not sufficient for the elite athletic population. The key variables of 491 young athletes (age range 12–21 years; 250 males, 241 females) assessed during a running step test protocol \((2.4 m s^{−1} ; increase 0.4 m s^{−1} 5 min^{−1})\) were analysed in five subgroups, which were related to combat-, team-, endurance-, sprint- and power-, and racquet-related disciplines. Compared with female athletes, male athletes achieved a higher \(v_{peak}\) (P = 0.004). The body mass, lean body mass, height, abs. \(VO_{2peak} (ml min^{−1})\), rel. \(VO_{2peak} (ml kg^{−1} min^{−1})\), rel. \(VO_{2peak} (ml min^{−1} kg^{−0.75})\), and RE were higher in the male participants compared with the females (P < 0.01). The % of \(VO_2\) at \(v_{LT}\) was lower in the males compared with the females (P < 0.01). No differences between gender were detected for the \(v_{LT}\) (P = 0.17) and % of \(VO_2\) at \(v_{LT}\) (P = 0.42). This study is one of the first to provide a broad spectrum of data to classify nearly 500 elite athletes aged 12–21 years of both gender and different disciplines. KW - performance KW - data KW - competition KW - reference values Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-126275 VL - 4 IS - 544 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zinner, Christoph A1 - Sperlich, Billy A1 - Krueger, Malte A1 - Focke, Tim A1 - Reed, Jennifer A1 - Mester, Joachim T1 - Strength, Endurance, Throwing Velocity and in-Water Jump Performance of Elite German Water Polo Players JF - Journal of Human Kinetics N2 - The purpose of this study was threefold: 1) to assess the eggbeater kick and throwing performance using a number of water polo specific tests, 2) to explore the relation between the eggbeater kick and throwing performance, and 3) to investigate the relation between the eggbeater kick in the water and strength tests performed in a controlled laboratory setting in elite water polo players. Fifteen male water polo players of the German National Team completed dynamic and isometric strength tests for muscle groups (adductor, abductor, abdominal, pectoralis) frequently used during water polo. After these laboratory strength tests, six water polo specific in-water tests were conducted. The eggbeater kick assessed leg endurance and agility, maximal throwing velocity and jump height. A 400 m test and a sprint test examined aerobic and anaerobic performance. The strongest correlation was found between jump height and arm length (p < 0.001, r = 0.89). The laboratory diagnostics of important muscles showed positive correlations with the results of the in-water tests (p < 0.05, r = 0.52-0.70). Muscular strength of the adductor, abdominal and pectoralis muscles was positively related to in-water endurance agility as assessed by the eggbeater kick (p < 0.05; r = 0.53-0.66). Findings from the current study emphasize the need to assess indices of water polo performance both in and out of the water as well as the relation among these parameters to best assess the complex profile of water polo players. KW - physiological characteristics KW - cinematographic analysis KW - penalty throw KW - strength KW - jump height KW - team sports KW - diagnostics KW - anaerobic and aerobic testing Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-148812 VL - 45 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zinner, Christoph A1 - Morales-Alamo, David A1 - Ørtenblad, Niels A1 - Larsen, Filip J. A1 - Schiffer, Tomas A. A1 - Willis, Sarah J. A1 - Gelabert-Rebato, Miriam A1 - Perez-Valera, Mario A1 - Boushel, Robert A1 - Calbet, Jose A. L. A1 - Holmberg, Hans-Christer T1 - The Physiological Mechanisms of Performance Enhancement with Sprint Interval Training Differ between the Upper and Lower Extremities in Humans JF - Frontiers in Physiology N2 - To elucidate the mechanisms underlying the differences in adaptation of arm and leg muscles to sprint training, over a period of 11 days 16 untrained men performed six sessions of 4–6 × 30-s all-out sprints (SIT) with the legs and arms, separately, with a 1-h interval of recovery. Limb-specific VO2peak, sprint performance (two 30-s Wingate tests with 4-min recovery), muscle efficiency and time-trial performance (TT, 5-min all-out) were assessed and biopsies from the m. vastus lateralis and m. triceps brachii taken before and after training. VO2peak and Wmax increased 3–11% after training, with a more pronounced change in the arms (P < 0.05). Gross efficiency improved for the arms (+8.8%, P < 0.05), but not the legs (−0.6%). Wingate peak and mean power outputs improved similarly for the arms and legs, as did TT performance. After training, VO2 during the two Wingate tests was increased by 52 and 6% for the arms and legs, respectively (P < 0.001). In the case of the arms, VO2 was higher during the first than second Wingate test (64 vs. 44%, P < 0.05). During the TT, relative exercise intensity, HR, VO2, VCO2, VE, and Vt were all lower during arm-cranking than leg-pedaling, and oxidation of fat was minimal, remaining so after training. Despite the higher relative intensity, fat oxidation was 70% greater during leg-pedaling (P = 0.017). The aerobic energy contribution in the legs was larger than for the arms during the Wingate tests, although VO2 for the arms was enhanced more by training, reducing the O2 deficit after SIT. The levels of muscle glycogen, as well as the myosin heavy chain composition were unchanged in both cases, while the activities of 3-hydroxyacyl-CoA-dehydrogenase and citrate synthase were elevated only in the legs and capillarization enhanced in both limbs. Multiple regression analysis demonstrated that the variables that predict TT performance differ for the arms and legs. The primary mechanism of adaptation to SIT by both the arms and legs is enhancement of aerobic energy production. However, with their higher proportion of fast muscle fibers, the arms exhibit greater plasticity. KW - high-intensity training KW - lower body KW - performance KW - triceps brachii KW - upper body Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165257 VL - 7 IS - 426 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zinner, Christoph A1 - Hauser, Anna A1 - Born, Dennis-Peter A1 - Wehrlin, Jon P. A1 - Holmberg, Hans-Christer A1 - Sperlich, Billy T1 - Influence of Hypoxic Interval Training and Hyperoxic Recovery on Muscle Activation and Oxygenation in Connection with Double-Poling Exercise JF - PLoS One N2 - Here, we evaluated the influence of breathing oxygen at different partial pressures during recovery from exercise on performance at sea-level and a simulated altitude of 1800 m, as reflected in activation of different upper body muscles, and oxygenation of the m. triceps brachii. Ten well-trained, male endurance athletes (25.3±4.1 yrs; 179.2±4.5 cm; 74.2±3.4 kg) performed four test trials, each involving three 3-min sessions on a double-poling ergometer with 3-min intervals of recovery. One trial was conducted entirely under normoxic (No) and another under hypoxic conditions \((Ho; F_iO_2 = 0.165)\). In the third and fourth trials, the exercise was performed in normoxia and hypoxia, respectively, with hyperoxic recovery \((HOX; F_iO_2 = 1.00)\) in both cases. Arterial hemoglobin saturation was higher under the two HOX conditions than without HOX (p<0.05). Integrated muscle electrical activity was not influenced by the oxygen content (best d = 0.51). Furthermore, the only difference in tissue saturation index measured via near-infrared spectroscopy observed was between the recovery periods during the NoNo and HoHOX interventions (P<0.05, d = 0.93). In the case of HoHo the athletes’ \(P_{mean}\) declined from the first to the third interval (P < 0.05), whereas Pmean was unaltered under the HoHOX, NoHOX and NoNo conditions. We conclude that the less pronounced decline in \(P_{mean}\) during 3 x 3-min double-poling sprints in normoxia and hypoxia with hyperoxic recovery is not related to changes in muscle activity or oxygenation. Moreover, we conclude that hyperoxia \((F_iO_2 = 1.00)\) used in conjunction with hypoxic or normoxic work intervals may serve as an effective aid when inhaled during the subsequent recovery intervals. KW - triceps KW - bood KW - medical hypoxia KW - blood KW - arms KW - hyperoxia KW - breathing KW - near-infrared spectroscopy Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-126299 VL - 10 IS - 10 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zinner, Christoph A1 - Born, Dennis-Peter A1 - Sperlich, Billy T1 - Ischemic preconditioning does not alter performance in multidirectional high-intensity intermittent exercise JF - Frontiers in Physiology N2 - Purpose: Research dealing with ischemic preconditioning (IPC) has primarily focused on variables associated to endurance performance with little research about the acute responses of IPC on repeated multidirectional running sprint performance. Here we aimed to investigate the effects of IPC of the arms and the legs on repeated running sprint performance with changes-of-direction (COD) movements. Methods: Thirteen moderately-to-well-trained team-sport athletes (7 males; 6 females; age: 24 ± 2 years, size: 175 ± 8 cm, body mass: 67.9 ± 8.1 kg) performed 16 × 30 m all-out sprints (15 s rest) with multidirectional COD movements on a Speedcourt\(^{©}\) with IPC (3 × 5 min) of the legs (IPC\(_{leg}\); 240 mm Hg) or of the arms (remote IPC: IPC\(_{remote}\); 180–190 mm Hg) 45 min before the sprints and a control trial (CON; 20 mm Hg). Results: The mean (±SD) time for the 16 × 30 m multidirectional COD sprints was similar between IPC\(_{leg}\) (Mean t: 16.0 ± 1.8 s), IPC\(_{remote}\) (16.2 ± 1.7 s), and CON (16.0 ± 1.6 s; p = 0.50). No statistical differences in oxygen uptake (mean difference: 0%), heart rate (1.1%) nor muscle oxygen saturation of the vastus lateralis (4.7%) and biceps brachii (7.8%) between the three conditions were evident (all p > 0.05). Conclusions: IPC (3 × 5 min) of the legs (220 mm Hg) or arms (180–190 mm Hg; remote IPC) applied 45 min before 16 × 30 m repeated multidirectional running sprint exercise does not improve sprint performance, oxygen uptake, heart rate nor muscle oxygen saturation of the vastus lateralis muscle when compared to a control trial. KW - team sport KW - agility KW - change of direction KW - muscle oxygen saturation KW - near-infrared spectroscopy Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-159348 VL - 8 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zinner, C. A1 - Krueger, M. A1 - Reed, J. L. A1 - Kohl-Bareis, M. A1 - Holmberg, H. C. A1 - Sperlich, B. T1 - Exposure to a combination of heat and hyperoxia during cycling at submaximal intensity does not alter thermoregulatory responses JF - Biology of Sport N2 - In this study, we tested the hypothesis that breathing hyperoxic air (F\(_{in}\)O\(_2\) = 0.40) while exercising in a hot environment exerts negative effects on the total tissue level of haemoglobin concentration (tHb); core (T\(_{core}\)) and skin (T\(_{skin}\)) temperatures; muscle activity; heart rate; blood concentration of lactate; pH; partial pressure of oxygen (P\(_a\)O\(_2\)) and carbon dioxide; arterial oxygen saturation (S\(_a\)O\(_2\)); and perceptual responses. Ten well-trained male athletes cycled at submaximal intensity at 21°C or 33°C in randomized order: first for 20 min while breathing normal air (FinO\(_2\) = 0.21) and then 10 min with F\(_{in}\)O\(_2\) = 0.40 (HOX). At both temperatures, S\(_a\)O\(_2\) and P\(_a\)O\(_2\), but not tHb, were increased by HOX. Tskin and perception of exertion and thermal discomfort were higher at 33°C than 21°C (p < 0.01), but independent of F\(_{in}\)O\(_2\). T\(_{core}\) and muscle activity were the same under all conditions (p > 0.07). Blood lactate and heart rate were higher at 33°C than 21°C. In conclusion, during 30 min of submaximal cycling at 21°C or 33°C, T\(_{core}\), T\(_{skin}\) and T\(_{body}\), tHb, muscle activity and ratings of perceived exertion and thermal discomfort were the same under normoxic and hyperoxic conditions. Accordingly, breathing hyperoxic air (F\(_{in}\)O\(_2\) = 0.40) did not affect thermoregulation under these conditions. KW - heat stress KW - hyperthermia KW - skin blood flow KW - thermoregulation KW - vasoconstriction Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-160993 VL - 33 IS - 1 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zinman, Bernard A1 - Inzucchi, Silvio E. A1 - Lachin, John M. A1 - Wanner, Christoph A1 - Ferrari, Roberto A1 - Fitchett, David A1 - Bluhmki, Erich A1 - Hantel, Stefan A1 - Kempthorne-Rawson, Joan A1 - Newman, Jennifer A1 - Johansen, Odd Erik A1 - Woerle, Hans-Juergen A1 - Broedl, Uli C. T1 - Rationale, design, and baseline characteristics of a randomized, placebo-controlled cardiovascular outcome trial of empagliflozin (EMPA-REG OUTCOME (TM)) JF - Cardiovascular Diabetology N2 - Background: Evidence concerning the importance of glucose lowering in the prevention of cardiovascular (CV) outcomes remains controversial. Given the multi-faceted pathogenesis of atherosclerosis in diabetes, it is likely that any intervention to mitigate this risk must address CV risk factors beyond glycemia alone. The SGLT-2 inhibitor empagliflozin improves glucose control, body weight and blood pressure when used as monotherapy or add-on to other antihyperglycemic agents in patients with type 2 diabetes. The aim of the ongoing EMPA-REG OUTCOME (TM) trial is to determine the long-term CV safety of empagliflozin, as well as investigating potential benefits on macro-/microvascular outcomes. Methods: Patients who were drug naive (HbA(1c) >= 7.0% and <= 9.0%), or on background glucose-lowering therapy (HbA(1c) >= 7.0% and <= 10.0%), and were at high risk of CV events, were randomized (1:1:1) and treated with empagliflozin 10 mg, empagliflozin 25 mg, or placebo (double blind, double dummy) superimposed upon the standard of care. The primary outcome is time to first occurrence of CV death, non-fatal myocardial infarction, or non-fatal stroke. CV events will be prospectively adjudicated by an independent Clinical Events Committee. The trial will continue until >= 691 confirmed primary outcome events have occurred, providing a power of 90% to yield an upper limit of the adjusted 95% CI for a hazard ratio of <1.3 with a one-sided a of 0.025, assuming equal risks between placebo and empagliflozin (both doses pooled). Hierarchical testing for superiority will follow for the primary outcome and key secondary outcomes (time to first occurrence of CV death, non-fatal myocardial infarction, non-fatal stroke or hospitalization for unstable angina pectoris) where non-inferiority is achieved. Results: Between Sept 2010 and April 2013, 592 clinical sites randomized and treated 7034 patients (41% from Europe, 20% from North America, and 19% from Asia). At baseline, the mean age was 63 +/- 9 years, BMI 30.6 +/- 5.3 kg/m(2), HbA1c 8.1 +/- 0.8%, and eGFR 74 +/- 21 ml/min/1.73 m(2). The study is expected to report in 2015. Discussion: EMPA REG OUTCOME (TM) will determine the CV safety of empagliflozin in a cohort of patients with type 2 diabetes and high CV risk, with the potential to show cardioprotection. KW - glycemic control KW - blood pressure KW - macrovascular KW - doule blind KW - chronic kidney disease KW - type-1 diabetes mellitus KW - safety KW - metformin KW - add-on KW - albuminuria KW - sulfonylurea KW - efficacy KW - canagliflozin KW - microvascular KW - SGLT2 inhibitor KW - type 2 diabetes KW - body weight KW - empagliflozin Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-116036 SN - 1475-2840 VL - 13 IS - 102 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zink, Miriam A1 - Seewald, Anne A1 - Rohrbach, Mareike A1 - Brodehl, Andreas A1 - Liedtke, Daniel A1 - Williams, Tatjana A1 - Childs, Sarah J. A1 - Gerull, Brenda T1 - Altered expression of TMEM43 causes abnormal cardiac structure and function in zebrafish JF - International Journal of Molecular Sciences N2 - Arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy (ACM) is an inherited heart muscle disease caused by heterozygous missense mutations within the gene encoding for the nuclear envelope protein transmembrane protein 43 (TMEM43). The disease is characterized by myocyte loss and fibro-fatty replacement, leading to life-threatening ventricular arrhythmias and sudden cardiac death. However, the role of TMEM43 in the pathogenesis of ACM remains poorly understood. In this study, we generated cardiomyocyte-restricted transgenic zebrafish lines that overexpress eGFP-linked full-length human wild-type (WT) TMEM43 and two genetic variants (c.1073C>T, p.S358L; c.332C>T, p.P111L) using the Tol2-system. Overexpression of WT and p.P111L-mutant TMEM43 was associated with transcriptional activation of the mTOR pathway and ribosome biogenesis, and resulted in enlarged hearts with cardiomyocyte hypertrophy. Intriguingly, mutant p.S358L TMEM43 was found to be unstable and partially redistributed into the cytoplasm in embryonic and adult hearts. Moreover, both TMEM43 variants displayed cardiac morphological defects at juvenile stages and ultrastructural changes within the myocardium, accompanied by dysregulated gene expression profiles in adulthood. Finally, CRISPR/Cas9 mutants demonstrated an age-dependent cardiac phenotype characterized by heart enlargement in adulthood. In conclusion, our findings suggest ultrastructural remodeling and transcriptomic alterations underlying the development of structural and functional cardiac defects in TMEM43-associated cardiomyopathy. KW - TMEM43 KW - arrhythmogenic cardiomyopathy KW - zebrafish KW - CRISPR/Cas9 Y1 - 2022 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-286025 SN - 1422-0067 VL - 23 IS - 17 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zink, Johannes T1 - Algorithms for Drawing Graphs and Polylines with Straight-Line Segments T1 - Algorithmen zum Zeichnen von Graphen und Polygonzügen mittels Strecken N2 - Graphs provide a key means to model relationships between entities. They consist of vertices representing the entities, and edges representing relationships between pairs of entities. To make people conceive the structure of a graph, it is almost inevitable to visualize the graph. We call such a visualization a graph drawing. Moreover, we have a straight-line graph drawing if each vertex is represented as a point (or a small geometric object, e.g., a rectangle) and each edge is represented as a line segment between its two vertices. A polyline is a very simple straight-line graph drawing, where the vertices form a sequence according to which the vertices are connected by edges. An example of a polyline in practice is a GPS trajectory. The underlying road network, in turn, can be modeled as a graph. This book addresses problems that arise when working with straight-line graph drawings and polylines. In particular, we study algorithms for recognizing certain graphs representable with line segments, for generating straight-line graph drawings, and for abstracting polylines. In the first part, we first examine, how and in which time we can decide whether a given graph is a stick graph, that is, whether its vertices can be represented as vertical and horizontal line segments on a diagonal line, which intersect if and only if there is an edge between them. We then consider the visual complexity of graphs. Specifically, we investigate, for certain classes of graphs, how many line segments are necessary for any straight-line graph drawing, and whether three (or more) different slopes of the line segments are sufficient to draw all edges. Last, we study the question, how to assign (ordered) colors to the vertices of a graph with both directed and undirected edges such that no neighboring vertices get the same color and colors are ascending along directed edges. Here, the special property of the considered graph is that the vertices can be represented as intervals that overlap if and only if there is an edge between them. The latter problem is motivated by an application in automated drawing of cable plans with vertical and horizontal line segments, which we cover in the second part. We describe an algorithm that gets the abstract description of a cable plan as input, and generates a drawing that takes into account the special properties of these cable plans, like plugs and groups of wires. We then experimentally evaluate the quality of the resulting drawings. In the third part, we study the problem of abstracting (or simplifying) a single polyline and a bundle of polylines. In this problem, the objective is to remove as many vertices as possible from the given polyline(s) while keeping each resulting polyline sufficiently similar to its original course (according to a given similarity measure). N2 - Graphen stellen ein wichtiges Mittel dar, um Beziehungen zwischen Objekten zu modellieren. Sie bestehen aus Knoten, die die Objekte repräsentieren, und Kanten, die Beziehungen zwischen Paaren von Objekten abbilden. Um Menschen die Struktur eines Graphen zu vermitteln, ist es nahezu unumgänglich den Graphen zu visualisieren. Eine solche Visualisierung nennen wir Graphzeichnung. Eine Graphzeichnung ist geradlinig, wenn jeder Knoten als ein Punkt (oder ein kleines geometrisches Objekt, z. B. ein Rechteck) und jede Kante als eine Strecke zwischen ihren beiden Knoten dargestellt ist. Eine sehr einfache geradlinige Graphzeichnung, bei der alle Knoten eine Folge bilden, entlang der die Knoten durch Kanten verbunden sind, nennen wir Polylinie. Ein Beispiel für eine Polylinie in der Praxis ist eine GPS-Trajektorie. Das zugrundeliegende Straßennetzwerk wiederum kann als Graph repräsentiert werden. In diesem Buch befassen wir uns mit Fragen, die sich bei der Arbeit mit geradlinigen Graphzeichnungen und Polylinien stellen. Insbesondere untersuchen wir Algorithmen zum Erkennen von bestimmten mit Strecken darstellbaren Graphen, zum Generieren von geradlinigen Graphzeichnungen und zum Abstrahieren von Polylinien. Im ersten Teil schauen wir uns zunächst an, wie und in welcher Zeit wir entscheiden können, ob ein gegebener Graph ein Stickgraph ist, das heißt, ob sich seine Knoten als vertikale und horizontale Strecken auf einer diagonalen Geraden darstellen lassen, die sich genau dann schneiden, wenn zwischen ihnen eine Kante liegt. Anschließend betrachten wir die visuelle Komplexität von Graphen. Konkret untersuchen wir für bestimmte Graphklassen, wie viele Strecken für jede geradlinige Graphzeichnung notwendig sind, und, ob drei (oder mehr) verschiedene Streckensteigungen ausreichend sind, um alle Kanten zu zeichnen. Zuletzt beschäftigen wir uns mit der Frage, wie wir den Knoten eines Graphen mit gerichteten und ungerichteten Kanten (geordnete) Farben zuweisen können, sodass keine benachbarten Knoten dieselbe Farbe haben und Farben entlang gerichteter Kanten aufsteigend sind. Hierbei ist die spezielle Eigenschaft der betrachteten Graphen, dass sich die Knoten als Intervalle darstellen lassen, die sich genau dann überschneiden, wenn eine Kanten zwischen ihnen verläuft. Das letztgenannte Problem ist motiviert von einer Anwendung beim automatisierten Zeichnen von Kabelplänen mit vertikalen und horizontalen Streckenverläufen, womit wir uns im zweiten Teil befassen. Wir beschreiben einen Algorithmus, welcher die abstrakte Beschreibung eines Kabelplans entgegennimmt und daraus eine Zeichnung generiert, welche die speziellen Eigenschaften dieser Kabelpläne, wie Stecker und Gruppen von zusammengehörigen Drähten, berücksichtigt. Anschließend evaluieren wir die Qualität der so erzeugten Zeichnungen experimentell. Im dritten Teil befassen wir uns mit dem Abstrahieren bzw. Vereinfachen einer einzelnen Polylinie und eines Bündels von Polylinien. Bei diesem Problem sollen aus einer oder mehreren gegebenen Polylinie(n) so viele Knoten wie möglich entfernt werden, wobei jede resultierende Polylinie ihrem ursprünglichen Verlauf (nach einem gegeben Maß) hinreichend ähnlich bleiben muss. KW - Graphenzeichnen KW - Algorithmische Geometrie KW - Algorithmus KW - Algorithmik KW - Polygonzüge KW - graph drawing KW - complexity KW - algorithms KW - straight-line segments KW - polylines KW - graphs KW - Strecken KW - Graphen Y1 - 2024 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-354756 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zingler, G. A1 - Ott, M. A1 - Blum, G. A1 - Falkenhagen, U. A1 - Naumann, G. A1 - Sokolowska-Köhler, W. A1 - Hacker, Jörg T1 - Clonal analysis of Escherichia coli serotype O6 strains from urinary tract infections N2 - A total of 36 Escherichia coli urinary tract isolates (UTI) of serotype 06, with different combinations of capsule ( K) and flagellin ( H) antigens, were analysed according to the outer membrane pattern (OMP), serum resistance properties, mannose-resistant hemagglutination using various types of erythrocytes, and also for the genetic presence and the expression of Pfimbriae. S fimbriae/F1 C fimbriae, Type 1 fimbriae, aerobactin and hemolysin. Twenty selected strains were further analysed by pulsed field gel electrophoresis (PFGE), elaborating genomic profilas by Xba I cleavage and subsequent Southern hybridization to virulence-associated DNA probes. lt could be shown that 06 UTI isolates represent a highly heterogeneaus group of strains according to the occurrence and combination of these traits. Relatedness an the genetic and the phenotypic Ievei was found for some of the strains exhibiting the same 0: K: H: F serotype. DNA Iang-range mapping further indicated some interesting features, according to the copy number and the genomic linkage of virulence genes. KW - Infektionsbiologie KW - E. coli serotype 06 KW - urinary tract infection KW - virulence factors KW - clonal analysis KW - molecular epidemiology Y1 - 1992 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-59786 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zingler, G. A1 - Blum, G. A1 - Falkenhagen, U. A1 - Orskov, I. A1 - Orskov, F. A1 - Hacker, Jörg A1 - Ott, M T1 - Clonal differentiation of uropathogenic E. coli isolates of serotype O6:K5 by fimbrial antigen typing and DNA long-range mapping techniques N2 - Escherichia coli isolates of serotype 06: K5 are the most common causative agents of cystitis and pyelonephritis in adults. To answer the question, as to whether strains of this particular serotype represent one special clonal group, out of a collection of 34 serotype 06: K5 isolates [Zingler et al. ( 1990) Zentralbl. Bakteriol Mikrobiol Hyg [A] 274:372-381] 15 strains were selected andanalyzed in detail. The flagellar (H) antigen and the outer membrane protein (OMP) pattern were determined. Furtherserum resistance properties and the genetic presence and expression of other virulence factors, including hemolysin, aerobactin, P fimbriae, S/F1C fimbriae and type 1 fimbriae was evaluated. In~laddition the Xbalmacrorestriction pattern of ten representative isolates was elaborated and the fimbrial (F) antigentype ofthe P fimbriae was determined, to obtain the complete 0: K: H: F pattern. These analyses could clearly show that the 06: K5 isolates do not represent one clonal group. The Xbal-macrorestriction profiles were heterogeneaus and marked differences in the hybridization patterns, using virulenceassociated gene probes in Southern hybridization of long-range-separated genomic DNA, were observed among the strains. However, some of strains showed similarities in the genomic profiles, arguing for clonal groupings among the 06: K5 isolates. lnterstingly the strains grouped tagether exhibited the same fimbrial F typethat many indicate a coincidence of this phenotypic trait with clonality. KW - Infektionsbiologie Y1 - 1993 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-59865 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zimny, Sebastian A1 - Koob, Dennis A1 - Li, Jingguo A1 - Wimmer, Ralf A1 - Schiergens, Tobias A1 - Nagel, Jutta A1 - Reiter, Florian Paul A1 - Denk, Gerald A1 - Hohenester, Simon T1 - Hydrophobic bile salts induce pro-fibrogenic proliferation of hepatic stellate cells through PI3K p110 alpha signaling JF - Cells N2 - Bile salts accumulating during cholestatic liver disease are believed to promote liver fibrosis. We have recently shown that chenodeoxycholate (CDC) induces expansion of hepatic stellate cells (HSCs) in vivo, thereby promoting liver fibrosis. Mechanisms underlying bile salt-induced fibrogenesis remain elusive. We aimed to characterize the effects of different bile salts on HSC biology and investigated underlying signaling pathways. Murine HSCs (mHSCs) were stimulated with hydrophilic and hydrophobic bile salts. Proliferation, cell mass, collagen deposition, and activation of signaling pathways were determined. Activation of the human HSC cell line LX 2 was assessed by quantification of α-smooth muscle actin (αSMA) expression. Phosphatidyl-inositol-3-kinase (PI3K)-dependent signaling was inhibited both pharmacologically and by siRNA. CDC, the most abundant bile salt accumulating in human cholestasis, but no other bile salt tested, induced Protein kinase B (PKB) phosphorylation and promoted HSC proliferation and subsequent collagen deposition. Pharmacological inhibition of the upstream target PI3K-inhibited activation of PKB and pro-fibrogenic proliferation of HSCs. The PI3K p110α-specific inhibitor Alpelisib and siRNA-mediated knockdown of p110α ameliorated pro-fibrogenic activation of mHSC and LX 2 cells, respectively. In summary, pro-fibrogenic signaling in mHSCs is selectively induced by CDC. PI3K p110α may be a potential therapeutic target for the inhibition of bile salt-induced fibrogenesis in cholestasis. KW - cholestasis KW - HSC KW - myofibroblast KW - chenodeoxycholate KW - phosphatidyl-inositol-3-kinase p110 alpha KW - Alpelisib KW - liver fibrosis Y1 - 2022 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-281806 SN - 2073-4409 VL - 11 IS - 15 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zimniak, Melissa A1 - Kirschner, Luisa A1 - Hilpert, Helen A1 - Geiger, Nina A1 - Danov, Olga A1 - Oberwinkler, Heike A1 - Steinke, Maria A1 - Sewald, Katherina A1 - Seibel, Jürgen A1 - Bodem, Jochen T1 - The serotonin reuptake inhibitor Fluoxetine inhibits SARS-CoV-2 in human lung tissue JF - Scientific Reports N2 - To circumvent time-consuming clinical trials, testing whether existing drugs are effective inhibitors of SARS-CoV-2, has led to the discovery of Remdesivir. We decided to follow this path and screened approved medications "off-label" against SARS-CoV-2. Fluoxetine inhibited SARS-CoV-2 at a concentration of 0.8 mu g/ml significantly in these screenings, and the EC50 was determined with 387 ng/ml. Furthermore, Fluoxetine reduced viral infectivity in precision-cut human lung slices showing its activity in relevant human tissue targeted in severe infections. Fluoxetine treatment resulted in a decrease in viral protein expression. Fluoxetine is a racemate consisting of both stereoisomers, while the S-form is the dominant serotonin reuptake inhibitor. We found that both isomers show similar activity on the virus, indicating that the R-form might specifically be used for SARS-CoV-2 treatment. Fluoxetine inhibited neither Rabies virus, human respiratory syncytial virus replication nor the Human Herpesvirus 8 or Herpes simplex virus type 1 gene expression, indicating that it acts virus-specific. Moreover, since it is known that Fluoxetine inhibits cytokine release, we see the role of Fluoxetine in the treatment of SARS-CoV-2 infected patients of risk groups. KW - SARS-CoV-2 KW - viral epidemiology KW - viral infection Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-259820 VL - 11 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zimmermann, U. A1 - Stopper, Helga T1 - Elektrofusion und Elektropermeabilisierung von Zellen : Eine neuartige Methode der Biotechnologie zur gezieltenVeränderung der genetischen Eigenschaften von Zellen N2 - No abstract available KW - Toxikologie Y1 - 1987 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-63514 ER - TY - CHAP A1 - Zimmermann, U. A1 - Stopper, Helga T1 - Electrofusion and electropermeabilization of cells N2 - No abstract available. KW - Elektrofusion KW - Elektroporation KW - Zelle Y1 - 1987 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-73065 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zimmermann, Sebastian Andres T1 - Drug Monitoring of Kinase Inhibitors in the Context of Precision Medicine – Focus on Minimally Invasive Microsampling T1 - Arzneistoffspiegelmessung von Kinaseinhibitoren im Kontext der Präzisionsmedizin – Fokus auf minimalinvasives Mikrosampling N2 - The aim of the present work was to improve drug monitoring in patients with various diseases in the context of precision medicine. This was pursued through the development and validation of mass spectrometric methods for determining the drug concentrations of kinase inhibitors and their clinical application. Besides conventional approaches to determine plasma level concentrations, the focus was also on alternative sampling techniques using volumetric absorptive microsampling (VAMS). A conventional LC-MS/MS method was developed for the determination of cabozantinib in human EDTA plasma and validated according to the guidelines of the European and United States drug authorities (EMA, FDA). The method met the required criteria for linearity, accuracy and precision, selectivity, sensitivity, and stability of the analyte. Validation was also performed for dilution integrity, matrix effect, recovery, and carry-over, with results also in accordance with the requirements. The importance of monitoring the exposure of cabozantinib was demonstrated by a clinical case report of a 34-year-old female patient with advanced adrenocortical carcinoma who also required hemodialysis due to chronic kidney failure. Expected cabozantinib plasma concentrations were simulated for this off-label use based on a population pharmacokinetic model. It was shown that the steady state trough levels were much lower than expected but could not be explained by hemodialysis. Considering the critical condition and potential drug-drug interaction with metyrapone, a substance the patient had taken among several others during the observation period, individual pharmacokinetics could consequently not be estimated without drug monitoring. In addition, a VAMS method for simultaneous determination of ten kinase inhibitors from capillary blood was developed. This microsampling technique was mainly characterized by the collection of a defined volume of blood, which could be dried and subsequently analyzed. The guidelines for bioanalytical method validation of the EMA and FDA were also used for this evaluation. As the nature of dried blood samples differs from liquid matrices, further parameters were investigated. These include the investigation of the hematocrit effect, process efficiency, and various stability conditions, for example at increased storage temperatures. The validation showed that the developed method is suitable to analyze dried matrix samples accurate, precise, and selective for all analytes. Apart from the stability tests, all acceptance criteria were met. The decreased stability of two analytes was probably due to the reproducible but reduced recovery. In vitro studies provided results on the VAMS-to-plasma correlation to predict the analyte distribution between both matrices, at least in an exploratory manner. It revealed a heterogeneous picture of analytes with different VAMS-to-plasma distributions. Furthermore, the analysis of 24 patient samples indicated the applicability of at-home VAMS. Both should be confirmed later as part of the clinical validation. The clinical investigation of the VAMS method pursued two objectives. On the one hand, the simultaneous collection of VAMS and serum samples should enable a conversion of the determined concentrations and, on the other hand, the feasibility of autonomous microsampling at home should be examined more closely. For the former, it could be shown that different conversion methods are suitable for converting VAMS concentrations into serum levels. The type of conversion was secondary for the prediction. However, the previously defined criteria could not be fulfilled for all five kinase inhibitors investigated. The framework conditions of the study led to increased variability, especially for analytes with short half-life. A low and varying hematocrit, caused by the underlying disease, also made prediction difficult for a specific patient collective. For the second objective, investigating the feasibility of VAMS, different aspects were considered. It could be shown that the majority of patients support home-based microsampling. The acceptance is likely to increase even further when microsampling is no longer part of a non-interventional study, but participation is accompanied by targeted monitoring and subsequent adjustment of the therapy. The fact that additional training increases understanding of the correct sampling procedure is also a source of confidence. Demonstrated stability during storage under real-life conditions underlines the practicality of this sampling technique. Taken together, mass spectrometric methods for both plasma and VAMS could be developed and validated, and their clinical application could be successfully demonstrated. The availability of simple bioanalytical methods to determine kinase inhibitor exposure could improve access to prospective studies and thus facilitate the implementation of routine therapeutic drug monitoring. N2 - Ziel der vorliegenden Arbeit war es, den Einsatz des Drug Monitorings bei Patienten mit verschiedenen Erkrankungen im Rahmen der Präzisionsmedizin zu erleichtern. Dies wurde durch die Entwicklung und Validierung massenspektrometrischer Methoden zur Bestimmung der Wirkstoffkonzentrationen von Kinaseinhibitoren und deren klinische Anwendung verfolgt. Dabei standen neben konventionellen Ansätzen zur Bestimmung der Plasmaspiegelkonzentration auch alternative Entnahmetechniken in Form von „Volumetric Absorptive Microsampling (VAMS)“ im Mittelpunkt. Eine solche konventionelle LC-MS/MS-Methode wurde zur Bestimmung von Cabozantinib in humanem EDTA-Plasma entwickelt und nach den Richtlinien der europäischen und US-amerikanischen Arzneimittelbehörden (EMA, FDA) validiert. Die Methode erfüllte die geforderten Kriterien bezüglich Linearität, Richtigkeit und Präzision, Selektivität, Sensitivität und Stabilität des Analyten. Die Validierung erfolgte auch hinsichtlich Verdünnungsintegrität, Matrixeffekt, Wiederfindung, und Analyt-Verschleppung, deren Ergebnisse ebenso in Übereinstimmung mit den Vorgaben standen. Die Bedeutung der Expositionsüberwachung von Cabozantinib wurde anhand eines klinischen Fallberichts einer 34-jährigen Patientin mit fortgeschrittenem Nebennierenrindenkarzinom, die aufgrund chronischen Nierenversagens zudem dialysepflichtig war, gezeigt. Die erwartbaren Cabozantinib-Plasmakonzentrationen wurden für diesen Off-Label-Use basierend auf einem populations-pharmakokinetischen Modell simuliert. Es zeigte sich, dass die Steady-State-Talspiegel wesentlich niedriger waren als angenommen, sich aber nicht durch die Hämodialyse erklären ließen. Unter Berücksichtigung des kritischen Gesundheitszustandes und möglicher Arzneimittelinteraktionen mit Metyrapon, einer Substanz, die die Patientin neben einigen anderen während des Beobachtungszeitraums eingenommen hatte, konnte die individuelle Pharmakokinetik folglich nicht ohne Arzneistoffspiegelmessung abgeschätzt werden. Darüber hinaus konnte eine VAMS-Methode zur simultanen Bestimmung von zehn Kinaseinhibitoren aus Kapillarblut entwickelt werden. Dieses Mikrosampling-Verfahren zeichnete sich vor allem durch die Entnahme eines definierten Blutvolumens aus, welches getrocknet und anschließend analysiert werden konnte. Auch hierbei wurden die Richtlinien für bioanalytische Methodenvalidierung der EMA und FDA zur Beurteilung herangezogen. Da sich die Beschaffenheit der Trockenblutproben von flüssigen Matrices unterscheidet, wurden weitere Einflussfaktoren untersucht. Dazu gehören die Untersuchung des Hämatokrit-Effekts, der Prozesseffizienz und verschiedener Stabilitätsbedingungen, zum Beispiel bei erhöhten Lagertemperaturen. Die Validierung zeigte, dass die entwickelte Methode in der Lage ist Trockenmatrixproben für alle Analyten richtig, präzise und selektiv zu messen. Von den Stabilitätsuntersuchungen abgesehen wurden alle Akzeptanzkriterien erfüllt. Die verminderte Stabilität von zwei Analyten ist vermutlich durch die zwar reproduzierbare, aber geringere Wiederfindungsrate zu begründen. In vitro Untersuchungen lieferten Ergebnisse über die VAMS-zu-Plasma-Korrelation, um die Analytverteilung zwischen beiden Matrizes zumindest exploratorisch vorherzusagen. Dabei zeigte sich ein heterogenes Bild von Analyten mit unterschiedlicher VAMS-zu-Plasma-Verteilung. Darüber hinaus zeigten die Messungen von 24 Patientenproben die Anwendbarkeit von VAMS im häuslichen Umfeld. Beides sollte später im Rahmen der klinischen Validierung bestätigt werden. Die klinische Untersuchung der VAMS-Methode verfolgte zweierlei Ziele. Zum einen sollte durch die zeitgleiche Entnahme von VAMS und Serumproben eine Umrechnung der ermittelten Konzentrationen ermöglicht und zum anderen die Durchführbarkeit der eigenständigen Mikroprobenentnahme zuhause genauer überprüft werden. Für Ersteres konnte gezeigt werden, dass verschiedene Umrechnungsmethoden geeignet sind, VAMS-Konzentrationen in Serumspiegel umzurechnen. Die Art der Umrechnung war für die Vorhersage zweitrangig. Allerdings konnten nicht für alle fünf untersuchten Kinaseinhibitoren die zuvor festgelegten Kriterien erfüllt werden. Die Rahmenbedingungen der Studie führten vor allem bei Analyten mit geringer Halbwertszeit zu einer erhöhten Variabilität. Ein geringer und schwankender Hämatokritwert, bedingt durch die zugrundeliegende Erkrankung, erschwerte zudem die Vorhersage bei einem bestimmten Patientenkollektiv. Für das zweite Ziel, die Durchführbarkeit von VAMS zu untersuchen, wurden verschiedene Aspekte betrachtet. Es konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Mehrheit der Patienten die häusliche Mikroprobenentnahme befürwortet. Die Akzeptanz dürfte sogar noch weiter steigen, wenn die Mikroprobenentnahme nicht mehr nur Teil einer nicht-interventionellen Studie ist, sondern die Teilnahme mit einer gezielten Überwachung und anschließenden Anpassung der Therapie einhergeht. Zuversichtlich stimmte auch die Tatsache, dass ein zusätzliches Training das Verständnis für die korrekte Durchführung erhöht. Dass sich die Stabilität auch bei der Lagerung unter Realbedingungen zeigen ließ, unterstreicht die Praxistauglichkeit dieser Sampling-Technik. Insgesamt konnten sowohl für Plasma als auch VAMS massenspektrometrische Methoden entwickelt, validiert und deren klinische Anwendung erfolgreich demonstriert werden. Die Verfügbarkeit von simplen bioanalytischen Methoden zur Bestimmung der Kinaseinhibitor-Exposition könnte den Zugang zu prospektiven Studien und damit die Einführung von routinemäßigem Therapeutischen Drug Monitoring erleichtern. KW - Arzneimittelüberwachung KW - Blutspiegel KW - Klinische Pharmazie KW - Kinaseinhibitor KW - Therapeutisches Drug Monitoring KW - TDM KW - Precision medicine KW - Volumetric absorptive microsampling KW - VAMS Y1 - 2024 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-369550 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zimmermann, Marcus A1 - Richter, Anne A1 - Weick, Stefan A1 - Exner, Florian A1 - Mantel, Frederick A1 - Diefenhardt, Markus A1 - Fokas, Emmanouil A1 - Kosmala, Rebekka A1 - Flentje, Michael A1 - Polat, Bülent T1 - Acute toxicities of patients with locally advanced rectal cancer treated with intensified chemoradiotherapy within the CAO/ARO/AIO-12 trial: comparing conventional versus VMAT planning at a single center JF - Scientific Reports N2 - In locally advanced rectal cancer (LARC) neoadjuvant chemoradiotherapy is regarded as standard treatment. We assessed acute toxicities in patients receiving conventional 3D-conformal radiotherapy (3D-RT) and correlated them with dosimetric parameters after re-planning with volumetric modulated arc therapy (VMAT). Patients were randomized within the multicenter CAO/ARO/AIO-12 trial and received 50.4 Gy in 28 fractions and simultaneous chemotherapy with fluorouracil and oxaliplatin. Organs at risk (OAR) were contoured in a standardized approach. Acute toxicities and dose volume histogram parameters of 3D-RT plans were compared to retrospectively calculated VMAT plans. From 08/2015 to 01/2018, 35 patients with LARC were treated at one study center. Thirty-four patients were analyzed of whom 1 (3%) was UICC stage II and 33 (97%) patients were UICC stage III. Grade 3 acute toxicities occurred in 5 patients (15%). Patients with acute grade 1 cystitis (n = 9) had significantly higher D\(_{mean}\) values for bladder (29.4 Gy vs. 25.2 Gy, p < 0.01) compared to patients without bladder toxicities. Acute diarrhea was associated with small bowel volume (grade 2: 870.1 ccm vs. grade 0–1: 647.3 ccm; p < 0.01) and with the irradiated volumes V5 to V50. Using VMAT planning, we could reduce mean doses and irradiated volumes for all OAR: D\(_{mean}\) bladder (21.9 Gy vs. 26.3 Gy, p < 0.01), small bowel volumes V5–V45 (p < 0.01), D\(_{mean}\) anal sphincter (34.6 Gy vs. 35.6 Gy, p < 0.01) and D\(_{mean}\) femoral heads (right 11.4 Gy vs. 25.9 Gy, left 12.5 Gy vs. 26.6 Gy, p < 0.01). Acute small bowel and bladder toxicities were dose and volume dependent. Dose and volume sparing for all OAR could be achieved through VMAT planning and might result in less acute toxicities. KW - radiotherapy KW - rectal cancer Y1 - 2022 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-301255 VL - 12 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zimmermann, Henriette A1 - Subota, Ines A1 - Batram, Christopher A1 - Kramer, Susanne A1 - Janzen, Christian J. A1 - Jones, Nicola G. A1 - Engstler, Markus T1 - A quorum sensing-independent path to stumpy development in Trypanosoma brucei JF - PLoS Pathogens N2 - For persistent infections of the mammalian host, African trypanosomes limit their population size by quorum sensing of the parasite-excreted stumpy induction factor (SIF), which induces development to the tsetse-infective stumpy stage. We found that besides this cell density-dependent mechanism, there exists a second path to the stumpy stage that is linked to antigenic variation, the main instrument of parasite virulence. The expression of a second variant surface glycoprotein (VSG) leads to transcriptional attenuation of the VSG expression site (ES) and immediate development to tsetse fly infective stumpy parasites. This path is independent of SIF and solely controlled by the transcriptional status of the ES. In pleomorphic trypanosomes varying degrees of ES-attenuation result in phenotypic plasticity. While full ES-attenuation causes irreversible stumpy development, milder attenuation may open a time window for rescuing an unsuccessful antigenic switch, a scenario that so far has not been considered as important for parasite survival. KW - Trypanosoma KW - hyperexpression techniques KW - parasitic cell cycles KW - cloning KW - cell cycle and cell division KW - cell differentiation KW - tetracyclines KW - parasitic diseases Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-158230 VL - 13 IS - 4 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zimmermann, Henriette T1 - Antigenic variation and stumpy development in \(Trypanosoma\) \(brucei\) T1 - Antigene Variation und Stumpy Entwicklung in \(Trypanosoma\) \(brucei\) N2 - The eukaryotic parasite Trypanosoma brucei has evolved sophisticated strategies to persist within its mammalian host. Trypanosomes evade the hosts' immune system by antigenic variation of their surface coat, consisting of variant surface glycoproteins (VSGs). Out of a repertoire of thousands of VSG genes, only one is expressed at any given time from one of the 15 telomeric expression sites (ES). The VSG is stochastically exchanged either by a transcriptional switch of the active ES (in situ switch) or by a recombinational exchange of the VSG within the active ES. However, for infections to persist, the parasite burden has to be limited. The slender (sl) bloodstream form secretes the stumpy induction factor (SIF), which accumulates with rising parasitemia. SIF induces the irreversible developmental transition from the proliferative sl to the cell cycle-arrested but fly-infective stumpy (st) stage once a concentration threshold is reached. Thus, antigenic variation and st development ensure persistent infections and transmissibility. A previous study in monomorphic cells indicated that the attenuation of the active ES could be relevant for the development of trypanosomes. The present thesis investigated this hypothesis using the inducible overexpression of an ectopic VSG in pleomorphic trypanosomes, which possess full developmental competence. These studies revealed a surprising phenotypic plasticity: while the endogenous VSG was always down-regulated upon induction, the ESactivity determined whether the VSG overexpressors arrested in growth or kept proliferating. Full ES-attenuation induced the differentiation of bona fide st parasites independent of the cell density and thus represents the sole natural SIF-independent differentiation trigger to date. A milder decrease of the ES-activity did not induce phenotypic changes, but appeared to prime the parasites for SIF-induced differentiation. These results demonstrate that antigenic variation and development are linked and indicated that the ES and the VSG are independently regulated. Therefore, I investigated in the second part of my thesis how ES-attenuation and VSG-silencing can be mediated. Integration of reporters with a functional or defective VSG 3'UTR into different genomic loci showed that the maintenance of the active state of the ES depends on a conserved motif within the VSG 3'UTR. In situ switching was only triggered when the telomere-proximal motif was partially deleted, suggesting that it serves as a DNA-binding motif for a telomere-associated protein. The VSG levels seem to be additionally regulated in trans based on the VSG 3'UTR independent of the genomic context, which was reinforced by the regulation of a constitutively expressed reporter with VSG 3' UTR upon ectopic VSG overexpression. N2 - Der eukaryotische Parasit Trypanosoma brucei hat komplexe Strategien entwickelt, um in seinem Säugetierwirt zu überleben. Die Grundlage der Immunevasion ist die antigene Variation des Oberflächenmantels, der aus dem variablen Oberflächenglykoprotein (VSG) besteht. Von mehreren tausend VSG-Genen wird zu jedem Zeitpunkt nur ein einziges aus einer der 15 telomerischen Expressionsstellen (ES) exprimiert. Das VSG kann entweder durch einen transkriptionellen Wechsel der aktiven ES (in situ Wechsel) oder durch einen rekombinatorischen Wechsel des VSG-Gens innerhalb der aktiven ES stochastisch ausgetauscht werden. Damit jedoch eine langanhaltende Infektion des Wirts möglich wird, muss gleichzeitig der Parasitenbefall begrenzt werden. Mit ansteigender Parasitämie akkumuliert der 'stumpy induction factor' (SIF), welcher von der 'slender' (sl) Blutstromform sekretiert wird. Sobald ein Schwellenwert in der SIF-Konzentration erreicht ist, wird die irreversible Differenzierung der proliferativen sl in die zellzyklusarretierte 'stumpy'(st) Form eingeleitet, welche infektiös für den Fliegenvektor ist. Somit stellen antigene Variation und st- Differenzierung das Persistieren der Infektion und die Übertragung des Parasiten sicher. Eine frühere Arbeit mit monomorphen Zellen deutete darauf hin, dass die Attenuierung der aktiven ES eine Rolle für die Differenzierung der Trypanosomen spielen könnte. Diese Hypothese wurde in der vorliegenden Dissertation untersucht, indem in pleomorphen Zellen mit vollständiger Entwicklungskompetenz ein ektopisches VSG induzierbar überexprimiert wurde. Diese Studien offenbarten eine erstaunliche phänotypische Plastizität: während das endogene VSG nach Induktion runter reguliert wurde, arretierten die VSG-Überexpressoren in Abhängigkeit von der ES-Aktivität entweder im Wachstum oder teilten sich weiter. Die vollständige ES-Attenuierung löste die Differenzierung zu echten st Zellen unabhängig von der Zelldichte aus und ist somit der bisher einzige natürliche SIF-unabhängige Differenzierungsauslöser. Eine mildere Abnahme der ES-Aktivität verursachte keinen Phänotyp, scheint aber die Zellen auf die SIF-induzierte Differenzierung vorzubereiten. Diese Ergebnisse zeigen, dass antigene Variation und Differenzierung verbunden sind und deuteten an, dass die ES und das VSG unabhängig voneinander reguliert werden. Daher habe ich im zweiten Teil meiner Dissertation untersucht, wie ES-Attenuierung und VSG-Stilllegung vermittelt werden können. Die Integration eines Reporters mit funktioneller oder defekter VSG 3'UTR an verschiedenen Orten im Genom zeigte, dass die Aufrechterhaltung der ES-Aktivität von einem konservierten Motiv in der VSG 3'UTR abhängig ist. Ein in situ Wechsel wurde nur ausgelöst, wenn Teile des Telomer-proximalen Motiv deletiert wurden, was nahelegt, dass das Motiv auf DNA-Ebene von einem Telomerbindeprotein erkannt wird. Die VSG-Level scheinen unabhängig vom genomischen Kontext zusätzlich in trans basierend auf der VSG 3'UTR reguliert zu werden, was durch die Regulation eines konstitutiv exprimierten Reporters mit VSG 3'UTR nach VSG-Überexpression bekräftigt wurde. KW - Trypanosoma brucei KW - Genexpression KW - Entwicklung KW - Parasit KW - VSG KW - antigenic variation KW - monoallelic expression KW - stumpy development KW - differentiation Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146902 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zimmermann [née Papp], Lena T1 - Platelets as modulators of blood-brain barrier disruption and inflammation in the pathophysiology of ischemic stroke T1 - Thrombozyten als Modulatoren der Blut-Hirn-Schrankenstörung und Inflammation in der Pathophysiologie des ischämischen Schlaganfalls N2 - Ischemia-reperfusion injury (I/R injury) is a common complication in ischemic stroke (IS) treatment, which is characterized by a paradoxical perpetuation of tissue damage despite the successful re-establishment of vascular perfusion. This phenomenon is known to be facilitated by the detrimental interplay of platelets and inflammatory cells at the vascular interface. However, the spatio-temporal and molecular mechanisms underlying these cellular interactions and their contribution to infarct progression are still incompletely understood. Therefore, this study intended to clarify the temporal mechanisms of infarct growth after cerebral vessel recanalization. The data presented here could show that infarct progression is driven by early blood-brain-barrier perturbation and is independent of secondary thrombus formation. Since previous studies unravelled the secretion of platelet granules as a molecular mechanism of how platelets contribute to I/R injury, special emphasis was placed on the role of platelet granule secretion in the process of barrier dysfunction. By combining an in vitro approach with a murine IS model, it could be shown that platelet α-granules exerted endothelial-damaging properties, whereas their absence (NBEAL2-deficiency) translated into improved microvascular integrity. Hence, targeting platelet α-granules might serve as a novel treatment option to reduce vascular integrity loss and diminish infarct growth despite recanalization. Recent evidence revealed that pathomechanisms underlying I/R injury are already instrumental during large vessel occlusion. This indicates that penumbral tissue loss under occlusion and I/R injury during reperfusion share an intertwined relationship. In accordance with this notion, human observational data disclosed the presence of a neutrophil dominated immune response and local platelet activation and secretion, by the detection of the main components of platelet α-granules, within the secluded vasculature of IS patients. These initial observations of immune cells and platelets could be further expanded within this thesis by flow cytometric analysis of local ischemic blood samples. Phenotyping of immune cells disclosed a yet unknown shift in the lymphocyte population towards CD4+ T cells and additionally corroborated the concept of an immediate intravascular immune response that is dominated by granulocytes. Furthermore, this thesis provides first-time evidence for the increased appearance of platelet-leukocyte-aggregates within the secluded human vasculature. Thus, interfering with immune cells and/or platelets already under occlusion might serve as a potential strategy to diminish infarct expansion and ameliorate clinical outcome after IS. N2 - Eine häufig auftretende Komplikation in der Behandlung des ischämischen Schlaganfalls ist der Ischämie/Reperfusion Schaden (I/R Schaden), welcher trotz der erfolgreichen Wiederherstellung der zerebralen Durchblutung durch ein paradoxes Fortschreiten des entstandenen Gewebeschadens charakterisiert ist. Dieses Phänomen wird durch das schädigende Zusammenspiel von Thrombozyten und inflammatorischen Zellen am vaskulären Endothel verursacht. Allerdings sind die räumlich-temporalen und molekularen Mechanismen dieser zellulären Interaktionen und deren Beteiligung am Infarktwachstum noch nicht vollständig verstanden. Daraus folgend, beabsichtigte diese Arbeit eben diese temporalen Mechanismen des fortschreitenden Infarktwachstums nach der zerebralen Gefäßwiedereröffnung aufzuklären. Die hier vorgestellten Daten implizieren, dass das anhaltende Fortschreiten des Gewebeschadens durch die Schädigung der Bluthirnschranke verursacht wird und somit unabhängig vom Auftreten sekundär gebildeter Thromben ist. In vorangegangenen Studien konnte die Freisetzung von thrombozytären Granula als molekularer Mechanismus, mit welchem Thrombozyten zum I/R Schaden beitragen, aufgedeckt werden. Basierend auf diesen Studien wurde in dieser Arbeit ein besonderes Augenmerk auf die Sekretion thrombozytärer Granula im Zusammenhang mit der Beeinträchtigung der endothelialen Barriere gelegt. Durch die Kombination eines in vitro Ansatzes mit einem murinen Model des ischämischen Schlaganfalls konnte gezeigt werden, dass α-Granula endothelialen Schaden verursachen, wohingegen deren Absenz (NBEAL2 Defizienz) zu einer verbesserten mikrovaskulären Integrität führte. Aufgrund dessen könnte das Adressieren der α-Granula als eine neuartige Therapieoption zum Erhalt der vaskulären Integrität und zur Verminderung des Infarktwachstums trotz Rekanalisation genutzt werden. Neuste Erkenntnisse enthüllten, dass die dem I/R Schaden zu Grunde liegenden Pathomechanismen bereits während des Verschlusses eines großen hirnversorgenden Gefäßes zu beobachten sind. Dies deutet darauf hin, dass der Verlust von penumbralem Gewebe unter Okklusion und I/R Schädigung während der Reperfusion im engen Zusammenhang stehen. Im Einklang hiermit konnten humane Daten eine Neutrophilen-dominierte Immunantwort und lokale Thrombozyten Aktivierung und deren Sekretion, anhand der Detektion der α-Granula Hauptkomponenten, im verschlossenen Gefäßsystem von ischämischen Schlaganfall Patienten nachweisen. Diese anfänglichen Beobachtungen konnten im Rahmen dieser Arbeit anhand durchflusszytometrischer Untersuchungen von lokal abgenommenen ischämischen Blutproben erweitert werden. Die Phänotypisierung von Immunzellen enthüllte eine bisher unbekannte Verschiebung der Lymphozyten Population hin zu CD4+ T-Zellen und bekräftigte zusätzlich das Konzept einer unmittelbaren intravaskulären Immunantwort, welche durch Granulozyten dominiert wird. Darüber hinaus konnte in dieser Thesis das erste Mal das erhöhte Auftreten von Thrombozyten-Leukozyten-Aggregaten in dem verschlossenen humanen Gefäßsystem nachgewiesen werden. Demzufolge könnte eine Beeinflussung von Immunzellen und/oder Thrombozyten bereits unter Okklusion als potentiell vielversprechende Strategie genutzt werden, um die Ausweitung des Infarktes einzuschränken und klinische Endpunkte nach einem ischämischen Schlaganfall zu verbessern. KW - Schlaganfall KW - Thrombozyt KW - Entzündung KW - Thrombo-inflammation KW - Ischemic stroke KW - Platelets KW - Inflamamtion KW - Immune cells KW - Vascular system Y1 - 2024 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-302850 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zimmerer, Chris A1 - Fischbach, Martin A1 - Latoschik, Marc Erich T1 - Semantic Fusion for Natural Multimodal Interfaces using Concurrent Augmented Transition Networks JF - Multimodal Technologies and Interaction N2 - Semantic fusion is a central requirement of many multimodal interfaces. Procedural methods like finite-state transducers and augmented transition networks have proven to be beneficial to implement semantic fusion. They are compliant with rapid development cycles that are common for the development of user interfaces, in contrast to machine-learning approaches that require time-costly training and optimization. We identify seven fundamental requirements for the implementation of semantic fusion: Action derivation, continuous feedback, context-sensitivity, temporal relation support, access to the interaction context, as well as the support of chronologically unsorted and probabilistic input. A subsequent analysis reveals, however, that there is currently no solution for fulfilling the latter two requirements. As the main contribution of this article, we thus present the Concurrent Cursor concept to compensate these shortcomings. In addition, we showcase a reference implementation, the Concurrent Augmented Transition Network (cATN), that validates the concept’s feasibility in a series of proof of concept demonstrations as well as through a comparative benchmark. The cATN fulfills all identified requirements and fills the lack amongst previous solutions. It supports the rapid prototyping of multimodal interfaces by means of five concrete traits: Its declarative nature, the recursiveness of the underlying transition network, the network abstraction constructs of its description language, the utilized semantic queries, and an abstraction layer for lexical information. Our reference implementation was and is used in various student projects, theses, as well as master-level courses. It is openly available and showcases that non-experts can effectively implement multimodal interfaces, even for non-trivial applications in mixed and virtual reality. KW - multimodal fusion KW - multimodal interface KW - semantic fusion KW - procedural fusion methods KW - natural interfaces KW - human-computer interaction Y1 - 2018 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-197573 SN - 2414-4088 VL - 2 IS - 4 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zimanowski, Bernd A1 - Gudmundsson, Magńus Tumi T1 - Fire in the hole: recreating volcanic eruptions with cannon blasts JF - Eos N2 - Artificial volcanic plumes, fired from cannons loaded with ash plucked from the slopes of Iceland, may help researchers better monitor disruptive eruptions. KW - volcanic eruption KW - benchmarking KW - cannons KW - ash Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-149304 VL - 96 IS - 8 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zillober, Christian T1 - A globally convergent version of the method of moving asymptotes N2 - No abstract available Y1 - 1993 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-31984 ER - TY - CHAP A1 - Zillober, Christian T1 - Sequential convex programming in theory and praxis N2 - In this paper, convex approximation methods, suclt as CONLIN, the method of moving asymptotes (MMA) and a stabilized version of MMA (Sequential Convex Programming), are discussed with respect to their convergence behaviour. In an extensive numerical study they are :finally compared with other well-known optimization methods at 72 examples of sizing problems. Y1 - 1993 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-35513 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zillig, Anna-Lena A1 - Pauli, Paul A1 - Wieser, Matthias A1 - Reicherts, Philipp T1 - Better safe than sorry? - On the influence of learned safety on pain perception JF - PloS One N2 - The experience of threat was found to result—mostly—in increased pain, however it is still unclear whether the exact opposite, namely the feeling of safety may lead to a reduction of pain. To test this hypothesis, we conducted two between-subject experiments (N = 94; N = 87), investigating whether learned safety relative to a neutral control condition can reduce pain, while threat should lead to increased pain compared to a neutral condition. Therefore, participants first underwent either threat or safety conditioning, before entering an identical test phase, where the previously conditioned threat or safety cue and a newly introduced visual cue were presented simultaneously with heat pain stimuli. Methodological changes were performed in experiment 2 to prevent safety extinction and to facilitate conditioning in the first place: We included additional verbal instructions, increased the maximum length of the ISI and raised CS-US contingency in the threat group from 50% to 75%. In addition to pain ratings and ratings of the visual cues (threat, safety, arousal, valence, and contingency), in both experiments, we collected heart rate and skin conductance. Analysis of the cue ratings during acquisition indicate successful threat and safety induction, however results of the test phase, when also heat pain was administered, demonstrate rapid safety extinction in both experiments. Results suggest rather small modulation of subjective and physiological pain responses following threat or safety cues relative to the neutral condition. However, exploratory analysis revealed reduced pain ratings in later trials of the experiment in the safety group compared to the threat group in both studies, suggesting different temporal dynamics for threat and safety learning and extinction, respectively. Perspective: The present results demonstrate the challenge to maintain safety in the presence of acute pain and suggest more research on the interaction of affective learning mechanism and pain processing. KW - pain KW - pain sensation KW - functional electrical stimulation KW - heart rate KW - sensory cues KW - learning KW - emotions KW - behavioral conditioning Y1 - 2023 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-349905 VL - 18 IS - 11 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zilker, Markus T1 - The stability of finished pharmaceutical products and drug substances beyond their labeled expiry dates T1 - Die Stabilität von Fertigarzneimitteln und Wirkstoffen nach Ablauf des Verfalldatums N2 - Upon approval of a drug, the stability of the API and the FPP has to be studied intensively because it determines the shelf-life. If a drug is found to be stable, the expiry date is arbitrary set to five years at the maximum, if a drug tends to undergo degradation, the expiry date is set shorter. The drug product must comply with predefined specifications in accordance with the ICH guidelines Q6A and Q6B during its entire market life. The content of the active substance is required to be within a specification of 95–105% of its labeled claim until expiry corresponding to the ICH guideline Q1A(R2). However, there is little or scattered literature information addressing the stability of drug products beyond their expiry dates. The objective of this thesis was to study and assess the long-term stability of a collection involving numerous pure drug substances and ampoules manufactured in the 20th century. The content and the impurity profile were examined by means of appropriate analytical methods, mainly using liquid chromatography. The results were compared to data being available in the literature. Assessing the stability regarding the dosage form and the affiliation of the drug class was conducted. The experimental studies comprise the examination of 50 drug substances manufactured 20–30 years ago and 14 long expired ampoules which were older than 40 years in the time of analysis, exceeding many times the maximum shelf life of five years. For investigation of the solid drug substances, pharmacopoeial methods were applied as far as possible. Indeed, results of the study showed that 44 tested substances still complied with the specification of the Ph. Eur. with regard to the content and impurity profile, even after more than two decades of storage. For analysis of the injection solutions, HPLC-UV and HPLC-ESI/MS techniques were applied, commonly based on liquid chromatography methods of the Ph. Eur. for determination of related substances. Each method was further validated for its application to ensure accurate API quantification corresponding to ICH Q2(R1). Quite a few ampoules were identified to show surprisingly high stability. In spite of their age of 53–72 years, APIs such as caffeine, etilefrine, synephrine, metamizole sodium, furosemide, and sodium salicylate complied with the specified content that is valid nowadays, respectively. Nevertheless, typical degradation reaction, e.g. hydrolysis, oxidation, or isomerization, was observed in all remaining ampoules. Various degrees of hydrolysis were revealed for scopolamine, procaine, and adenosine triphosphate, the contents were decreased to 71%, 70%, and 15% of the declared concentrations, respectively. In the epinephrine and dipyridamole ampoules, oxidative degradation has been occurred, finding respective API contents of more or less 70%. For dihydroergotamine, excessive decomposition by epimerization was observed, resulting in an API content of 21% and degradation by isomerization was found in lobeline, still containing 64% of the labeled claim. In conclusion, supported by the data of the present studies and the literature, defining and authorizing a longer shelf-life may be applicable to numerous pharmaceuticals which should be considered by pharmaceutical manufacturers and regulatory authorities, if justified based on stability studies. A general extension of the shelf-lives of drug products and the abolishment or extension of the maximum shelf-life limit of five years would prevent disposing of still potent medications and save a lot of money to the entire health care system. N2 - Bei der Zulassung eines Arzneimittels muss die Stabilität sowohl des Wirkstoffes als auch des Fertigarzneimittels umfassend untersucht werden, da dies für die Festlegung der Haltbarkeit wesentlich ist. Wenn sich herausstellt, dass ein Arzneimittel stabil ist, wird das Verfallsdatum auf höchstens fünf Jahre festgelegt. Neigt ein Arzneimittel zum Abbau, so wird ein kürzeres Verfallsdatum gewählt. Das Arzneimittel muss innerhalb der Haltbarkeitsfrist definierten Spezifikationen entsprechen, welche in den ICH-Richtlinien Q6A und Q6B festgelegt sind. Dabei muss insbesondere der Wirkstoff-Gehalt des Arzneimittels gemäß der ICH-Richtlinie Q1A(R2) innerhalb der Spezifikation von 95–105 % der deklarierten Konzentration liegen. In der Literatur gibt es jedoch wenige Informationen darüber, wie stabil Arzneimittel lange nach Ablauf des Verfallsdatums sind. Das Ziel dieser Arbeit war es, die Stabilität zahlreicher Feststoffe und Ampullen, die aus einer Altarzneimittel-Sammlung stammten und während des 20. Jahrhunderts hergestellt wurden, zu untersuchen und zu bewerten. Der Gehalt und das Verunreinigungsprofil wurden mittels geeigneter instrumenteller Analyseverfahren bestimmt, wobei hauptsächlich flüssigchromatographische Methoden zur Anwendung kamen. Die Untersuchungsergebnisse wurden mit Literaturdaten verglichen und es wurde eine Beurteilung der Stabilität in Abhängigkeit von der Darreichungsform und der Zugehörigkeit zu einer Arzneistoffklasse vorgenommen. Die experimentellen Studien umfassten die Untersuchung von 50 Feststoffen, die vor 20 bis 30 Jahren hergestellt worden waren, und 14 Alt-Ampullen, die ein Alter von mindestens 40 Jahre aufwiesen und damit die maximale Haltbarkeit von fünf Jahren um ein Vielfaches überschritten hatten. Zur Untersuchung der Feststoffe wurden meist Arzneibuchmethoden verwendet. Die Ergebnisse zeigten, dass 44 geprüfte Substanzen auch nach mehr als zwei Jahrzehnten hinsichtlich ihres Gehalts und Verunreinigungsprofils den jeweiligen Spezifikationen des Europäischen Arzneibuchs entsprachen. Zur Analyse der Alt Ampullen wurden HPLC-UV- und HPLC-ESI/MS-Techniken eingesetzt. Diese basierten häufig auf Arzneibuch-Methoden zur Prüfung auf verwandte Substanzen. Für die Gehaltsbestimmungen wurden entsprechend der ICH-Richtlinie Q2(R1) die erforderlichen Parameter validiert. Einige Ampullen zeigten eine überraschend hohe Stabilität des Wirkstoffs, trotz ihres Alters von 53 bis 72 Jahren. Dabei entsprachen die Wirkstoffe Koffein, Etilefrin, Synephrin, Metamizol Natrium, Furosemid und Natriumsalicylat dem heute gültigen Spezifikationsbereich von 95–105 %. Nichtsdestoweniger wurden bei einigen Ampullen typische Abbaureaktionen wie Hydrolyse, Oxidation oder Isomerisierung festgestellt. Die Hydrolyse der Arzneistoffe Scopolamin, Procain und Adenosintriphosphat führte zu verringerten Gehalten von 71 %, 70 % bzw. 15 % der jeweiligen gekennzeichneten Wirkstoffkonzentration. Die Epinephrin- und Dipyridamol-Injektionslösungen waren von oxidativem Abbau betroffen. Der Wirkstoffgehalt dieser Ampullen lag jeweils bei ca. 70 %. In der Dihydroergotamin Ampulle trat eine massive Epimerisierung auf, wobei ein Gehalt von 21 % bestimmt wurde. Aufgrund der Isomerisierung des Arzneistoffes Lobelin reduzierte sich der Wirkstoffgehalt auf 64 %. Als Schlussfolgerung der experimentellen Studien und der verfügbaren Daten aus der Literatur sollten die pharmazeutischen Unternehmer und die Aufsichtsbehörden erwägen, die Haltbarkeitsdauer für zahlreiche Arzneimittel zu verlängern, wenn dies basierend auf Stabilitätsuntersuchungen gerechtfertigt ist. Eine generelle Ausweitung der Verwendbarkeit von Arzneimitteln sowie die Abschaffung oder Erweiterung der maximalen Haltbarkeitsdauer von fünf Jahren würde die Entsorgung noch wirksamer Medikamente verhindern und dem Gesundheitssystem viel Geld einsparen. KW - Stabilität KW - Fertigarzneimittel KW - Wirkstoff KW - Chromatographie KW - Chemical stability KW - Shelf-life KW - Expiry date Y1 - 2019 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-180695 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zieschang, Fabian T1 - Energy and Electron Transfer Studies of Triarylamine-based Dendrimers and Cascades T1 - Energie- und Elektron-Transfer Studien von triarylamin-basierten Dendrimeren und Kaskaden N2 - In this work the synthesis of dendritic macromolecules and small redox cascades was reported and studies of their energy and electron transfer properties discussed. The chromophores in the dendrimers and the redox cascades are linked via triazoles, which were built up by CuAAC. Thereby, a synthetic concept based on building blocks was implemented, which allowed the exchange of all basic components. Resulting structures include dendrimers composed exclusively of TAAs (G1–G3), dendrimers with an incorporated spirobifluorene core (spiro-G1 and spiro-G2) and the donor-acceptor dendrimer D-A-G1, in which the terminal groups are exchanged by NDIs. Furthermore, a series of model compounds was synthesised in order to achieve a better understanding of the photophysical processes in the dendrimers. A modification of the synthetic concept for dendrimers enabled the synthesis of a series of donor-acceptor triads (T-Me, T-Cl and T-CN) consisting of two TAA donors and one NDI acceptor unit. The intermediate TAA chromophore ensured a downhill redox gradient from the NDI to the terminal TAA, which was proved by cyclic voltammetry measurements. The redox potential of the intermediate TAA was adjusted by different redox determining substituents in the “free” p-position of the TAA. Additionally, two dyads (Da and Db) were synthesised which differ in the junction of the triazole to the TAA or the NDI, respectively. In these cascades a nodal-plane along the N-N-axes in the NDI and a large twist angle between the NDI and the N-aryl substituent guaranteed a small electronic coupling. The photophysical investigations of the dendrimers focused on the homo-energy transfer properties in the TAA dendrimers G1–G3. Steady-state emission spectroscopy revealed that the emission takes place from a charge transfer state. The polar excited state resulted in a strong Stokes shift of the emission, which in turn led to a small spectral overlap integral between the absorption of the acceptor and the emission of the donor in the solvent relaxed state. According to the Förster theory, the overlap integral strongly determines the energy transfer rate. Fluorescence up-conversion measurements showed a strong and rapid initial fluorescence anisotropy decay and a much slower decrease on the longer time scale. The experiment revealed a fast energy transfer in the first 2 ps followed by a much slower energy hopping. Time resolved emission spectra (TRES) of the model compound M indicated a solvent relaxation on the same time scale as the fast energy transfer. The Förster estimation of energy transfer rates in G1 explains fast energy transfer in the vibrotionally relaxed state before solvent relaxation starts. Thereby, the emission spectrum of G1 in cyclohexane served as the time zero spectrum. Thus, solvent relaxation and fast energy transfer compete in the first two ps after excitation and it is crucial to discriminate between energy transfer in the Franck-Condon and in the solvent relaxed state. Furthermore, this finding demonstrates that fast energy transfer occurs even in charge transfer systems where a large Stokes shift prevents an effective spectral overlap integral if there is a sufficient overlap integral in before solvent relaxation. Energy transfer upon excitation was also observed in the spiro dendrimers spiro-G1 and spiro-G2 and identified by steady-state emission anisotropy measurements. It was assumed that the energy in spiro-G1 is completely distributed over the entire molecule while the energy in spiro-G2 is probably distributed over only one individual branch. This finding was based on a more polarised emission of spiro-G2 compared to spiro-G1. This issue has to be ascertained by e.g. time resolved emission anisotropy measurements in further energy transfer studies. Concerning the electron transfer properties of TAA-triazole systems the radical cations of G1–G2, spiro-G1 and spiro-G2 and of the model compound M were investigated by steady-state absorption spectroscopy. Experiments showed that the triazole bridge exhibits small electronic communication between the adjacent chromophores but still possesses sufficient electronic coupling to allow an effective electron transfer from one chromophore to the other. Due to the high density of chromophores, their D-A-D structure and their superficial centrosymmetry, the presented dendrimers are prospective candidates for two-photon absorption applications. The dyads, triads and the donor-acceptor dendrimer D-A-G1 were investigated regarding their photoinduced electron transfer properties and the effects that dominate charge separation and charge recombination in these systems. The steady-state absorption spectra of all cascades elucidated a superposition of the absorption characteristics of the individual subunits and spectra indicated that the chromophores do not interact in the electronic ground state. Time resolved transient absorption spectroscopy of the cascades was performed in the fs- and ns-time regime in MeCN and toluene as solvent. Measurements revealed that upon with 28200 cm-1 (355) nm and 26300 cm-1 (380 nm), respectively, an electron is transferred from the TAA towards the NDI unit yielding a CS state. In the triads at first a CS1 state is populated, in which the NDI is reduced and the intermediate TAA1 is oxidised. Subsequently, an additional electron transfer from the terminal TAA2 to TAA1 led to the fully CS2 state. Fully CS states of the dyads and triads exhibit lifetimes in the ns-time regime. In contrast for Db in MeCN, a lifetime of 43 ps was observed for the CS state together with the population of a 3NDI state. The signals of the other CS states decay biexponentially, which is a result of the presence of the 1CS and the 3CS states. While magnetic field dependent measurements of Db did not show an effect due to the large singlet-triplet splitting, T-CN exhibited a strong magnetic field dependence which is an evidence for the 1CS/3CS assignment. Further analysis of the singlet-triplet dynamics are required and are currently in progress. Charge recombination occurred in the Marcus inverted region for compounds solved in toluene and in the Marcus normal region for MeCN as solvent. However, a significant inverted region effect was observed only for Db. Triads are probably characterised by charge recombination rates in the inverted and in the normal region near to the vertex of the Marcus parabola. Hence the inverted region effect is not pronounced and the rate charge recombination rates are all in the same magnitude. However, compared to the charge recombination rate of Db the enlarged spatial distance between the terminal TAA and the NDI in the fully CS2 states in the triads resulted in reduced charge recombination rates by ca. one order of magnitude. More important than a small charge recombination rate is an overall lifetime of the CS states and this lifetime can significantly be enhanced by the population of the 3CS state. The reported results reveal that a larger singlet-triplet splitting in the dyads led to a CS state lifetime in the us time regime while a lifetime in the ns-time regime was observed in cases of the triads. Moreover, the singlet-triplet splitting was found to be solvent dependent in the triads, which is a promising starting point for further investigations concerning singlet-triplet splitting. The donor-acceptor dendrimer D-A-G1 showed similar characteristics to the dyads. The generation of a CS state is assumed due to a clear NDI radical anion band in the transient absorption spectrum. Noteworthy, the typical transient absorption band of the TAA radical cation is absent for D A-G1 in toluene. Bixon-Jortner analysis yielded a similar electronic coupling in D-A-G1 compared to the dyads. However, the charge recombination rate is smaller than of Db due to a more energetic CS state, which in the inverted region slows down charge recombination. In combination a singlet-triplet splitting similar to the dyads prolongs the CS state lifetime up to 14 us in diluted solution. Both effects result in an even better performance of D-A-G1 concerning energy conversion. D A-G1 is therefore a promising key structure for further studies on light harvesting applications. In a prospective study a second generation donor-acceptor dendrimer D-A-G2 might be an attractive structure accessible by “click reaction” of 13 and 8. D-A-G2 is expected to exhibit a downhill oriented gradient of CS states as assumed from the CV studies on G1–G3. N2 - Im Rahmen dieser Arbeit wurde die Synthese sowohl von dendritischen Makromolekülen als auch von kleineren Donor-Akzeptor-Systemen realisiert. Des Weiteren wurden diese Verbindungen bezüglich ihrer Energie- und Elektron-Transfer-Eigenschaften untersucht. In allen untersuchten Systemen wurden die eingebauten Chromophore durch Triazole miteinander verknüpft. Dabei sind die Triazole das Ergebnis einer Kupfer(I)-katalysierten 1,3-dipolaren Cycloaddition zwischen einem terminalen Alkin und einem Azid. Für die Darstellung der vorgestellten Verbindungen wurde ein synthetisches Konzept auf der Basis von molekularen Bausteinen entwickelt, das den Austausch aller elementaren Komponenten ermöglicht. Die so erhaltenen Systeme bestehen aus Dendrimeren, die auschließlich aus Triarylaminen (TAA) aufgebaut sind (G1-G3), Dendrimeren mit einem Spirobifluoren-Gerüst als Kern (spiro-G1 und spiro-G2) und dem Donor-Akzeptor Dendrimer (D-A-G1), in dem Naphthalindiimid-Akzeptoren (NDI) als Endgruppen fungieren. Zusätzlich wurde eine Reihe von Modellverbindung verwirklicht, um mit ihrer Hilfe ein besseres Verständnis der photophysikalischen Prozesse in den Dendrimeren zu erlangen. Durch eine Modifikation des synthetischen Baukastensystems, welches den Zugang zu den Dendrimeren ermöglichte, wurde außerdem die Darstellung einer Reihe von Donor-Akzeptor-Triaden (T-Me, T-Cl und T-CN) verwirklicht. Diese Triaden bestehen dabei aus zwei TAA-Donoren und einem NDI-Akzeptor. Mit Hilfe der Cyclovoltammetrie konnte ein abwärtsgerichteter Redoxgradient vom NDI zum endständigen TAA in den Triaden bestätigt werden. Realisiert wurde dieser Redoxgradient, indem das Redoxpotential des mittleren TAAs durch geeignete Substitutenten in der „freien” p-Position des TAAs gezielt beeinflusst wurde. Des Weiteren wurden zwei Dyaden (Da und Db) synthetisiert, die sich nur in der Verknüpfung des TAAs bzw. des NDIs an das Triazol unterscheiden. In all diesen Kaskaden sorgen sowohl eine Knotenebene entlang der N-N-Achse des NDIs als auch ein großer Verdrillungswinkel zwischen dem NDI Kerngerüst und dem N-Arylsubstituenten für eine kleine elektronische Kopplung. Bei den Untersuchungen der photophysikalischen Eigenschaften der Dendrimere lag der Schwerpunkt auf der Untersuchung der TAA-Dendrimere G1-G3 bezüglich ihrer Homo-Energie-Transfer-Eigenschaften. Die Beobachtung eines starken Stokes Shifts in der Fluoreszenz dieser Makromoleküle ist das Ergbnis einer Emission aus einem polaren Ladungs-Transfer-Zustand und einer großen Reorganisationsenergie l. Dadurch gibt es im Lösungsmittel-relaxierten Zustand nur ein kleines Überlapp-Integral zwischen der Absorption des Akzeptors und der Emission des Donors. Gerade dieses Überlapp-Integral bestimmt gemäß der Förster-Theorie maßgeblich die Geschwindigkeitskontante des Energie-Transfers. In Untersuchungen auf der Basis der Fluoreszenz-Aufkonversion wurde eine starke und schnelle Abnahme der Anfangsfluoreszenzanisotropie beobachtet, gefolgt von einem deutlich langsameren Abfall auf der längeren Zeitskala. Demnach kommt es zunächst zu einem schnellen Energie-Transfer in den ersten 2 ps nach der Anregung und anschließend zu einem langsameren Energie-Hüpfen. Zeitaufgelöster Emissionsspektren (TRES) der Modellverbindung M haben gezwigt, dass die Lösungsmittel-Relaxation auf derselben Zeitskala wie der schnelle Energie-Transfer stattfindet. Nach einer Abschätzung der Geschwindigkeitskonstanten für den Energie-Transfer in G1 auf Grundlage der Förster-Theorie findet der schnelle Energie-Transfer im Schwingungs-relaxierten Zustand statt, noch bevor die Lösungsmittel-Relaxation beginnt. Für diese Abschätzung wurde ein Fluorezenzspektrum von G1 in Cyclohexan als Spektrum zum Zeitnullpunkt verwendet. Der Analyse zur Folge konkurrieren in den ersten 2 ps nach der Anregung sowohl die Lösungsmittel-Relaxation als auch der schnelle Energie-Transfer-Prozess miteinander. Daher ist es unerlässlich zwischen dem Energie-Transfer im Franck-Condon- und im Lösungsmittel-relaxierten Zustand zu unterscheiden. Außerdem konnte gezeigt werden, dass ein schneller Energie-Transfer auch in Ladungs-Transfer-Systemen möglich ist, in denen ein großer Stokes Shift einen effektiven spektralen Überlapp verhindert, wenn ein ausreichend großer spektraler Überlapp vor der Lösungsmittel-Relaxation vorliegt. Auch in den Spiro-Dendrimeren spiro-G1 und spiro-G2 konnte ein Energie-Transfer nach der Anregung mit Hilfe von stationären Emissions-Anisotropie-Experimenten beobachtet werden. Dabei wurde angenommen, dass die Anregungsenergie in spiro-G1 über das gesammte Molekül verteilt ist. Eine stärker polarisierte Fluoreszenz in spiro-G2 im Vergleich zu spiro-G1 legt den Schluss nahe, dass die Energie in spiro-G2 wahrscheinlich nur über einen einzelnen Ast verteilt ist. Um dieser Fragestellung nachzugehen sind allerdings weiter Untersuchungen der Energie-Transfer-Prozesse durch z.B. zeitaufgelöste Emissions-Anisotropie-Messungen notwendig. Zudem wurden stationäre Absorptionsspektroskopie-Messungen an den Radikal-Kationen von G1-G2, spiro-G1 und spiro-G2 und M durchgeführt, um die Elektron-Transfer-Eigenschaften von TAA-Triazol-Systemen zu untersuchen. Laut dieser Messungen erlaubt die Verwendung von Triazolen als Brückeneinheit in den Verbindungen in denen Elektron-Transfer-Prozesse untersucht wurden nur eine geringe elektronische Kommunikation zwischen den verknüpften Redox-Zentren. Allerdings ist die elektronische Kopplung genügend groß, um einen effektiven Elektronen-Transfer zwischen den Zentren zu ermöglichen. Sowohl die Dyaden (Da und Db) und Triaden (T-Me, T-Cl und T-CN) als auch das Donor-Akzeptor Dendrimer D-A-G1 wurden in Bezug auf ihre Eigenschaften in photoinduzierten Elektron-Transfer-Prozessen untersucht, insbesondere die Faktoren, die die Prozesse von Ladungsseparation und Ladungsrekombination beeinflussen. Der stationären Absorptionspektroskopie zur Foelge stellen die Absorptionsspekten der Kaskaden eine Superposition der Absorptionsspektren der einzelnen Chromophore dar. Demnach wechselwirken die einzelnen Chromophore in den Kaskaden im elektronischen Grundzustand nicht miteinander. Des Weiteren wurden für die Kaskaden zeitaufgelöste ns- und fs-transiente Absorptionsspektroskopie-Messungen in Toluol und MeCN als Lösungsmittel durchgeführt. Diese Messungen zeigten, dass der Anregung bei einer Energie von 28200 cm-1 (355 nm) beziehungsweise 26300 cm-1 (380 nm) ein Elektron-Transfer vom TAA zum NDI folgt und ein ladungsgetrennter (CS) Zustand gebildet wird. Dabei wird in den Triaden zunächst ein ladungsgetrennter (CS1) Zustand populiert, in dem das NDI reduziert und das mittlere TAA oxidiert vorliegt. Nachfolgend wird duch einen zusätzlichen Elektronen-Transfer vom endständigen TAA zum mittleren TAA der CS2-Zustand generiert. Die energetisch niedrigsten CS-Zustände sowohl der Triaden als auch der Dyaden weisen Lebenzeiten auf der ns-Zeitskala auf. Im Gegensatz dazu besitzt der CS-Zustand von Db in MeCN nur eine Lebenszeit von etwa 43 ps auf. Zudem konnte hier die Bildung eines 3NDI-Zustands beobachtet werden. Alle anderen CS Zustände zeigen einen biexpontiellen Abfall, als Folge der Ausbildung sowohl eines 1CS- als auch eines 3CS-Zustands. In magnetfeld-abhängigen Messungen wurde für Db kein nennenswerter Effekt beobacht, was auf eine große Singulett-Triplett-Aufspaltung in den Dyaden zurückzuführen ist. Die Triaden besitzen eine deutlich kleinere Singulett-Triplett-Aufspaltung. Daher zeigte T-CN eine starke Abhängigkeit vom angelegten Magnetfeld, was zudem ein Beleg für die 1CS/3CS Zuordung darstellt. An dieser Stelle sind weitere Analysen der Singlet-Triplett-Dynamiken notwendig, die gegenwärtig durchgeführt werden. Die Ladungsrekombination findet für alle Systeme in Toluol in der Marcus invertierten Region und in MeCN in der Marcus normalen Region statt. Allerdings konnte nur für Db ein ausgeprägter invertierte Region-Effekt beobachtet werden. In den Triaden sind die Geschwindigkeitskonstanten für die Ladungsrekombination in der normalen und in der invertierten Region wahrscheinlich nah am Scheitelpunkt der Marcus Parabel. Somit ist der invertierte Region-Effekt bei ihnen nur sehr gering ausgeprägt und die Geschwindigkeitskonstanten für die Ladungsrekombination befinden sich in derselben Größenordnung. Im Vergleich mit den Geschwindigkeitskonstanten für die Ladungsrekombination von Db führt die größere räumliche Distanz der beiden Ladungen im CS2-Zustand in den Triaden zu verringerten Geschwindigkeitskonstanten für die Ladungsrekombination von ca. einer Größenordnung. Allerdings ist die Gesamtlebensdauer der CS-Zustände wichtiger als eine kleine Geschwindigkeitskonstante für die Ladungsrekombination. Gerade diese Lebensdauer kann maßgeblich durch die Population des 3CS-Zustandes verlängert werden. Die vorgestellten Ergebnisse zeigen, dass die größere Singulett-Triplett-Aufspaltung in den Dyaden zu einer Lebensdauer des CS-Zustands von mehreren us führt, während sich die Lebensdauern der CS-Zustände in den Triaden im ns-Zeitbereich befinden. Des Weiteren konnte eine Lösungsmittelabhängigkeit der Singulett-Triplett-Aufspaltung in den Triaden beobachtet werden. Dies stellt einen vielversprechenden Ansatzpunkt für weitere Studien bezüglich der Singulett-Triplett-Aufspaltung dar. Das Donor-Akzeptor-Dendrimer D-A-G1 zeigt ähnliche Eigenschaften wie die beiden Dyaden (Da und Db). Durch das deutliche Auftreten einer NDI-Radikal-Anion-Bande im transienten Absorptionsspektrum kann auch nach der Anregung von D-A-G1 die Bildung eines CS-Zustandes angenommen werden. Bemerkenswerterweise wurde die transiente Absorptionsbande des TAA-Radikal-Kation für D A G1 in Toluol nicht beobachtet. Eine Bixon-Jortner-Analyse lieferte eine elektronische Kopplung für D-A-G1, die der für die Dyaden (Da und Db) vergleichbar ist. Durch einen energetisch höherliegenden CS-Zustand in D-A-G1, der die Ladungsrekombination in der invertierten Region verlangsamt, ist die Geschwindigkeitskonstante für die Ladungsrekombination bei D-A-G1 kleiner als bei Db. In Kombination mit einer Singulett-Triplett-Aufspaltung vergleichbar mit der, der Dyaden, führt dies zu einer verlängerten Lebensdauer des CS-Zustands bis zu 14 us in verdünnter Lösung. Beide Charakteristiken führen zu verbesserten Eigenschaften von D A-G1 hinsichtlich einer möglichen Verwendung als System für die Energieumwandlung von Sonnenlicht. Daher stellt D-A-G1 eine vielversprechende Leitstruktur für weitere Untersuchungen bezüglich Lichtsammelsysteme dar. In einer zukünftigen Studie könnte das Donor-Akzteptor-Dendrimer zweiter Generation D-A-G2 von Interesse sein. Synthetisch wäre es über eine “Click-Reaktion” zwischen 13 und 8 realisierbar. Den cyclovoltammetrischen Untersuchungen von G1-G3 zur Folge, sollte in D-A-G2 ein abwährtsgerichteter Gradient an CS Zuständen vorliegen. KW - Sternpolymere KW - Triarylamine KW - Dendrimers KW - Energy Transfer KW - Electron Transfer KW - Transient Absorption KW - Fluorescence Upconversion KW - Dendrimere KW - Energie-Transfer KW - Elektron-Transfer KW - Transiente Absorption KW - Fluoreszenz Aufkonversion KW - Donorgruppe KW - Akzeptorgruppe KW - Elektronentransfer KW - Cascades KW - Kaskaden Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-101866 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziener, Christian H. A1 - Kurz, Felix T. A1 - Buschle, Lukas R. A1 - Kampf, Thomas T1 - Orthogonality, Lommel integrals and cross product zeros of linear combinations of Bessel functions JF - SpringerPlus N2 - The cylindrical Bessel differential equation and the spherical Bessel differential equation in the interval R\(\leq\)r\(\leq\)\(\gamma\)R with Neumann boundary conditions are considered. The eigenfunctions are linear combinations of the Bessel function \(\Phi\)\(_{n,ν}\)(r) = Y'\(_{ν}\) (\(\lambda\)\(_{n,ν}\))J\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{n,ν}\) r/R) - J'\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{n,ν}\))Y\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{n,ν}\)r/R) or linear combinations of the spherical Bessel functions \(\psi\)\(_{m,ν}\)(r) = y'\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{m,ν}\))j\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{m,ν}\)r/R) - j'\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{m,ν}\))y\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{m,ν}\)r/R). The orthogonality relations with analytical expressions for the normalization constant are given. Explicit expressions for the Lommel integrals in terms of Lommel functions are derived. The cross product zeros Y'\(_{ν}\)\(\lambda\)\(_{n,ν}\))J'\(_{ν}\)(\(\gamma\)\(\lambda\)\(_{n,ν}\))- J'\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{n,ν}\))Y'\(_{ν}\)(\(\gamma\)\(\lambda\)\(_{n,ν}\)) = 0 and y'\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{m,ν}\))j'\(_{ν}\)(\(\gamma\)\(\lambda\)\(_{m,ν}\)) - j'\(_{ν}\)(\(\lambda\)\(_{m,ν}\))y'\(_{ν}\)(\(\gamma\)\(\lambda\)\(_{m,ν}\)) = 0 are considered in the complex plane for real as well as complex values of the index ν and approximations for the exceptional zero \(\lambda\)\(_{1,ν}\) are obtained. A numerical scheme based on the discretization of the twodimensional and three-dimensional Laplace operator with Neumann boundary conditions is presented. Explicit representations of the radial part of the Laplace operator in form of a tridiagonal matrix allow the simple computation of the cross product zeros. KW - magnetic field relaxation KW - time inhomogeneities KW - model Bessel function KW - linear combination KW - integral Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-151432 VL - 4 IS - 390 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zielewska-Büttner, Katarzyna A1 - Heurich, Marco A1 - Müller, Jörg A1 - Braunisch, Veronika T1 - Remotely Sensed Single Tree Data Enable the Determination of Habitat Thresholds for the Three-Toed Woodpecker (Picoides tridactylus) JF - Remote Sensing N2 - Forest biodiversity conservation requires precise, area-wide information on the abundance and distribution of key habitat structures at multiple spatial scales. We combined airborne laser scanning (ALS) data with color-infrared (CIR) aerial imagery for identifying individual tree characteristics and quantifying multi-scale habitat requirements using the example of the three-toed woodpecker (Picoides tridactylus) (TTW) in the Bavarian Forest National Park (Germany). This bird, a keystone species of boreal and mountainous forests, is highly reliant on bark beetles dwelling in dead or dying trees. While previous studies showed a positive relationship between the TTW presence and the amount of deadwood as a limiting resource, we hypothesized a unimodal response with a negative effect of very high deadwood amounts and tested for effects of substrate quality. Based on 104 woodpecker presence or absence locations, habitat selection was modelled at four spatial scales reflecting different woodpecker home range sizes. The abundance of standing dead trees was the most important predictor, with an increase in the probability of TTW occurrence up to a threshold of 44–50 dead trees per hectare, followed by a decrease in the probability of occurrence. A positive relationship with the deadwood crown size indicated the importance of fresh deadwood. Remote sensing data allowed both an area-wide prediction of species occurrence and the derivation of ecological threshold values for deadwood quality and quantity for more informed conservation management. KW - deadwood KW - standing deadwood KW - dead tree KW - snags KW - three-toed woodpecker (Picoides tridactylus) KW - habitat suitability model (HSM) KW - habitat requirements KW - airborne laser scanning (ALS) KW - CIR aerial imagery Y1 - 2018 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-197565 SN - 2072-4292 VL - 10 IS - 12 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziegler, Sabrina A1 - Weiss, Esther A1 - Schmitt, Anna-Lena A1 - Schlegel, Jan A1 - Burgert, Anne A1 - Terpitz, Ulrich A1 - Sauer, Markus A1 - Moretta, Lorenzo A1 - Sivori, Simona A1 - Leonhardt, Ines A1 - Kurzai, Oliver A1 - Einsele, Hermann A1 - Loeffler, Juergen T1 - CD56 Is a Pathogen Recognition Receptor on Human Natural Killer Cells JF - Scientific Reports N2 - Aspergillus (A.) fumigatus is an opportunistic fungal mold inducing invasive aspergillosis (IA) in immunocompromised patients. Although antifungal activity of human natural killer (NK) cells was shown in previous studies, the underlying cellular mechanisms and pathogen recognition receptors (PRRs) are still unknown. Using flow cytometry we were able to show that the fluorescence positivity of the surface receptor CD56 significantly decreased upon fungal contact. To visualize the interaction site of NK cells and A. fumigatus we used SEM, CLSM and dSTORM techniques, which clearly demonstrated that NK cells directly interact with A. fumigatus via CD56 and that CD56 is re-organized and accumulated at this interaction site time-dependently. The inhibition of the cytoskeleton showed that the receptor re-organization was an active process dependent on actin re-arrangements. Furthermore, we could show that CD56 plays a role in the fungus mediated NK cell activation, since blocking of CD56 surface receptor reduced fungal mediated NK cell activation and reduced cytokine secretion. These results confirmed the direct interaction of NK cells and A. fumigatus, leading to the conclusion that CD56 is a pathogen recognition receptor. These findings give new insights into the functional role of CD56 in the pathogen recognition during the innate immune response. KW - pattern recognition receptors KW - fungal infection KW - Aspergillus fumigatus KW - natural killer cells Y1 - 2017 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-170637 VL - 7 IS - 6138 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziegler, Mirjam A1 - Kaiser, Anna A1 - Igel, Christine A1 - Geissler, Julia A1 - Mechler, Konstantin A1 - Holz, Nathalie E. A1 - Becker, Katja A1 - Döpfner, Manfred A1 - Romanos, Marcel A1 - Brandeis, Daniel A1 - Hohmann, Sarah A1 - Millenet, Sabina A1 - Banaschewski, Tobias T1 - Actigraphy-derived sleep profiles of children with and without attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) over two weeks — comparison, precursor symptoms, and the chronotype JF - Brain Sciences N2 - Although sleep problems are common in children with ADHD, their extent, preceding risk factors, and the association between neurocognitive performance and neurobiological processes in sleep and ADHD, are still largely unknown. We examined sleep variables in school-aged children with ADHD, addressing their intra-individual variability (IIV) and considering potential precursor symptoms as well as the chronotype. Additionally, in a subgroup of our sample, we investigated associations with neurobehavioral functioning (n = 44). A total of 57 children (6–12 years) with (n = 24) and without ADHD (n = 33) were recruited in one center of the large ESCAlife study to wear actigraphs for two weeks. Actigraphy-derived dependent variables, including IIV, were analyzed using linear mixed models in order to find differences between the groups. A stepwise regression model was used to investigate neuropsychological function. Overall, children with ADHD showed longer sleep onset latency (SOL), higher IIV in SOL, more movements during sleep, lower sleep efficiency, and a slightly larger sleep deficit on school days compared with free days. No group differences were observed for chronotype or sleep onset time. Sleep problems in infancy predicted later SOL and the total number of movements during sleep in children with and without ADHD. No additional effect of sleep problems, beyond ADHD symptom severity, on neuropsychological functioning was found. This study highlights the importance of screening children with ADHD for current and early childhood sleep disturbances in order to prevent long-term sleep problems and offer individualized treatments. Future studies with larger sample sizes should examine possible biological markers to improve our understanding of the underlying mechanisms. KW - sleep KW - actigraphy KW - attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD) KW - intra-individual variability (IIV) KW - chronotype KW - children KW - continuous performance task (CPT) KW - precursor symptoms KW - ESCAlife Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-250084 SN - 2076-3425 VL - 11 IS - 12 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziegler, Katrin A1 - Pollinger, Felix A1 - Böll, Susanne A1 - Paeth, Heiko T1 - Statistical modeling of phenology in Bavaria based on past and future meteorological information JF - Theoretical and Applied Climatology N2 - Plant phenology is well known to be affected by meteorology. Observed changes in the occurrence of phenological phases arecommonly considered some of the most obvious effects of climate change. However, current climate models lack a representationof vegetation suitable for studying future changes in phenology itself. This study presents a statistical-dynamical modelingapproach for Bavaria in southern Germany, using over 13,000 paired samples of phenological and meteorological data foranalyses and climate change scenarios provided by a state-of-the-art regional climate model (RCM). Anomalies of severalmeteorological variables were used as predictors and phenological anomalies of the flowering date of the test plantForsythiasuspensaas predictand. Several cross-validated prediction models using various numbers and differently constructed predictorswere developed, compared, and evaluated via bootstrapping. As our approach needs a small set of meteorological observationsper phenological station, it allows for reliable parameter estimation and an easy transfer to other regions. The most robust andsuccessful model comprises predictors based on mean temperature, precipitation, wind velocity, and snow depth. Its averagecoefficient of determination and root mean square error (RMSE) per station are 60% and ± 8.6 days, respectively. However, theprediction error strongly differs among stations. When transferred to other indicator plants, this method achieves a comparablelevel of predictive accuracy. Its application to two climate change scenarios reveals distinct changes for various plants andregions. The flowering date is simulated to occur between 5 and 25 days earlier at the end of the twenty-first century comparedto the phenology of the reference period (1961–1990). KW - statistical modeling KW - phenology KW - Bavaria Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-232717 SN - 0177-798X VL - 140 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziegler, Georg C. A1 - Radtke, Franziska A1 - Vitale, Maria Rosaria A1 - Preuße, André A1 - Klopocki, Eva A1 - Herms, Stefan A1 - Lesch, Klaus-Peter T1 - Generation of multiple human iPSC lines from peripheral blood mononuclear cells of two SLC2A3 deletion and two SLC2A3 duplication carriers JF - Stem Cell Research N2 - Copy number variants of SLC2A3, which encodes the glucose transporter GLUT3, are associated with several neuropsychiatric and cardiac diseases. Here, we report the successful reprogramming of peripheral blood mononuclear cells from two SLC2A3 duplication and two SLC2A3 deletion carriers and subsequent generation of two transgene-free iPSC clones per donor by Sendai viral transduction. All eight clones represent bona fide hiPSCs with high expression of pluripotency genes, ability to differentiate into cells of all three germ layers and normal karyotype. The generated cell lines will be helpful to enlighten the role of glucometabolic alterations in pathophysiological processes shared across organ boundaries. KW - congenital heart-deffects KW - transporter gene SLC2A3 KW - copy-number variation Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-264696 VL - 56 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziegler, Georg C. A1 - Ehlis, Ann-Christine A1 - Weber, Heike A1 - Vitale, Maria Rosaria A1 - Zöller, Johanna E. M. A1 - Ku, Hsing-Ping A1 - Schiele, Miriam A. A1 - Kürbitz, Laura I. A1 - Romanos, Marcel A1 - Pauli, Paul A1 - Kalisch, Raffael A1 - Zwanzger, Peter A1 - Domschke, Katharina A1 - Fallgatter, Andreas J. A1 - Reif, Andreas A1 - Lesch, Klaus-Peter T1 - A Common CDH13 Variant is Associated with Low Agreeableness and Neural Responses to Working Memory Tasks in ADHD JF - Genes N2 - The cell—cell signaling gene CDH13 is associated with a wide spectrum of neuropsychiatric disorders, including attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder (ADHD), autism, and major depression. CDH13 regulates axonal outgrowth and synapse formation, substantiating its relevance for neurodevelopmental processes. Several studies support the influence of CDH13 on personality traits, behavior, and executive functions. However, evidence for functional effects of common gene variation in the CDH13 gene in humans is sparse. Therefore, we tested for association of a functional intronic CDH13 SNP rs2199430 with ADHD in a sample of 998 adult patients and 884 healthy controls. The Big Five personality traits were assessed by the NEO-PI-R questionnaire. Assuming that altered neural correlates of working memory and cognitive response inhibition show genotype-dependent alterations, task performance and electroencephalographic event-related potentials were measured by n-back and continuous performance (Go/NoGo) tasks. The rs2199430 genotype was not associated with adult ADHD on the categorical diagnosis level. However, rs2199430 was significantly associated with agreeableness, with minor G allele homozygotes scoring lower than A allele carriers. Whereas task performance was not affected by genotype, a significant heterosis effect limited to the ADHD group was identified for the n-back task. Heterozygotes (AG) exhibited significantly higher N200 amplitudes during both the 1-back and 2-back condition in the central electrode position Cz. Consequently, the common genetic variation of CDH13 is associated with personality traits and impacts neural processing during working memory tasks. Thus, CDH13 might contribute to symptomatic core dysfunctions of social and cognitive impairment in ADHD. KW - ADHD KW - CDH13 KW - neurodevelopment KW - executive functions KW - working memory KW - Big Five KW - agreeableness Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-245220 SN - 2073-4425 VL - 12 IS - 9 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziegler, Georg C. A1 - Almos, Peter A1 - McNeill, Rhiannon V. A1 - Jansch, Charline A1 - Lesch, Klaus‐Peter T1 - Cellular effects and clinical implications of SLC2A3 copy number variation JF - Journal of Cellular Physiology N2 - SLC2A3 encodes the predominantly neuronal glucose transporter 3 (GLUT3), which facilitates diffusion of glucose across plasma membranes. The human brain depends on a steady glucose supply for ATP generation, which consequently fuels critical biochemical processes, such as axonal transport and neurotransmitter release. Besides its role in the central nervous system, GLUT3 is also expressed in nonneural organs, such as the heart and white blood cells, where it is equally involved in energy metabolism. In cancer cells, GLUT3 overexpression contributes to the Warburg effect by answering the cell's increased glycolytic demands. The SLC2A3 gene locus at chromosome 12p13.31 is unstable and prone to non‐allelic homologous recombination events, generating multiple copy number variants (CNVs) of SLC2A3 which account for alterations in SLC2A3 expression. Recent associations of SLC2A3 CNVs with different clinical phenotypes warrant investigation of the potential influence of these structural variants on pathomechanisms of neuropsychiatric, cardiovascular, and immune diseases. In this review, we accumulate and discuss the evidence how SLC2A3 gene dosage may exert diverse protective or detrimental effects depending on the pathological condition. Cellular states which lead to increased energetic demand, such as organ development, proliferation, and cellular degeneration, appear particularly susceptible to alterations in SLC2A3 copy number. We conclude that better understanding of the impact of SLC2A3 variation on disease etiology may potentially provide novel therapeutic approaches specifically targeting this GLUT. KW - copy number variation KW - energy metabolism KW - glucose transporter KW - GLUT3 KW - neurodegeneration KW - neurodevelopment KW - SLC2A3 Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-218009 VL - 235 IS - 12 SP - 9021 EP - 9036 ER - TY - THES A1 - Ziegler, Christiane T1 - Epigenetic Mechanisms in the Pathogenesis and Therapy of Anxiety Disorders T1 - Epigenetische Mechanismen in der Pathogenese und Therapie von Angsterkrankungen N2 - Anxiety disorders (AD) are common, disabling mental disorders, which constitute the most prevalent mental health condition conveying a high individual and socioeconomic burden. Social anxiety disorder (SAD), i.e. fear in social situations particularly when subjectively scrutinized by others, is the second most common anxiety disorder with a life time prevalence of 10%. Panic disorder (PD) has a life time prevalence of 2-5% and is characterized by recurrent and abrupt surges of intense fear and anticipatory anxiety, i.e. panic attacks, occurring suddenly and unexpected without an apparent cue. In recent years, psychiatric research increasingly focused on epigenetic mechanisms such as DNA methylation as a possible solution for the problem of the so-called “hidden heritability”, which conceptualizes the fact that the genetic risk variants identified so far only explain a small part of the estimated heritability of mental disorders. In the first part of this thesis, oxytocin receptor (OXTR) gene methylation was investigated regarding its role in the pathogenesis of social anxiety disorder. In summary, OXTR methylation patterns were implicated in different phenotypes of social anxiety disorder on a categorical, neuropsychological, neuroendocrinological as well as on a neural network level. The results point towards a multilevel role of OXTR gene hypomethylation particularly at one CpG site (CpG3, Chr3: 8 809 437) within the protein coding region of the gene in SAD. The second part of the thesis investigated monoamine oxidase A (MAOA) gene methylation regarding its role in the pathogenesis of panic disorder as well as – applying a psychotherapy-epigenetic approach – its dynamic regulation during the course of cognitive behavioural therapy (CBT) in PD patients. First, MAOA hypomethylation was shown to be associated with panic disorder as well as with panic disorder severity. Second, in patients responding to treatment MAOA hypomethylation was shown to be reversible up to the level of methylation in healthy controls after the course of CBT. This increase in MAOA methylation along with successful psychotherapeutic treatment was furthermore shown to be associated with symptom improvement regarding agoraphobic avoidance in an independent replication sample of non-medicated patients with PD. Taken together, in the future the presently identified epigenetic patterns might contribute to establishing targeted preventive interventions and personalized treatment options for social anxiety disorder or panic disorder, respectively. N2 - Angsterkrankungen sind die häufigsten psychischen Erkrankungen, welche in hohem Maße den Alltag der Betroffenen beeinträchtigen und eine große sozioökonomische Belastung darstellen. Eine der häufigsten Formen von Angsterkrankungen bildet die soziale Phobie, d.h. die Angst vor sozialen Situationen, in denen man im Mittelpunkt der Aufmerksamkeit steht, mit einer Lebenszeit-Prävalenz von circa 10%. Die Panikstörung, charakterisiert durch das wiederholte und unerwartete Auftreten von Panikattacken, ist eine weitere Form der Angsterkrankungen mit einer Lebenszeit-Prävalenz von circa 2-5%. Epigenetische Mechanismen, wie zum Beispiel die DNA Methylierung, rücken in den letzten Jahren immer weiter in den Fokus der psychiatrischen Forschung. Hier werden sie als eine mögliche Lösung für das Problem der „hidden heritability“ (versteckte Heritabilität) angesehen. Im ersten Teil dieser Arbeit wurde die DNA Methylierung des Oxytozinrezeptorgens (OXTR) hinsichtlich ihrer Rolle in der Pathogenese der sozialen Phobie untersucht. Hierbei konnte eine verringerte Methylierung des Gens, speziell an einem CpG-Dinukleotid (CpG3, Chr3: 8 809 437) innerhalb der protein-kodierenden Genregion, auf verschiedenen Ebenen mit der Erkrankung an sozialer Phobie, dimensionalen Maßen der Erkrankungsschwere sowie der Stressverarbeitung auf neuro-endokrinologischer und neuronaler Ebene in Verbindung gebracht werden. Der zweite Teil dieser Arbeit beschäftigt sich mit der Rolle von DNA Methylierungsmustern des Monoaminooxidase A (MAOA) Gens in der Pathogenese und der Therapie der Panikstörung. Zum einen konnte gezeigt werden, dass eine verringerte MAOA Methylierung mit dem Auftreten von Panikstörung sowie mit einer erhöhten Symptomschwere assoziiert ist. Zum anderen zeigten Patienten, welche auf eine kognitive Verhaltenstherapie (KVT) ansprachen, eine signifikante Erhöhung der MAOA Methylierung nach der Therapie, welche zusätzlich in einer unabhängigen Stichprobe mit einer Verringerung der Symptomschwere assoziiert war. Diese Veränderung zeigte sich jedoch nicht in Patienten, welche nicht auf die KVT ansprachen. Zusammenfassend können beide im Rahmen dieser Arbeit untersuchten epigenetischen Muster und deren Rolle in der Pathogenese der sozialen Phobie sowie der Panikstörung zur Etablierung personalisierter Therapiemöglichkeiten wie auch targetierter präventiver Interventionen beitragen. KW - Angst KW - Psychische Störung KW - DNA-Methylierung KW - Panikstörung KW - Soziale Phobie KW - Angsterkrankungen KW - Epigenetische Mechanismen KW - Epigenetik KW - Methylierung KW - DNS KW - Angsterkrankungen Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-146815 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziegler, C. A1 - Richter, J. A1 - Mahr, M. A1 - Gajewska, A. A1 - Schiele, M.A. A1 - Gehrmann, A. A1 - Schmidt, B. A1 - Lesch, K.-P. A1 - Lang, T. A1 - Helbig-Lang, S. A1 - Pauli, P. A1 - Kircher, T. A1 - Reif, A. A1 - Rief, W. A1 - Vossbeck-Elsebusch, A.N. A1 - Arolt, V. A1 - Wittchen, H.-U. A1 - Hamm, A.O. A1 - Deckert, J. A1 - Domschke, K. T1 - MAOA gene hypomethylation in panic disorder-reversibility of an epigenetic risk pattern by psychotherapy JF - Translational Psychiatry N2 - Epigenetic signatures such as methylation of the monoamine oxidase A (MAOA) gene have been found to be altered in panic disorder (PD). Hypothesizing temporal plasticity of epigenetic processes as a mechanism of successful fear extinction, the present psychotherapy-epigenetic study for we believe the first time investigated MAOA methylation changes during the course of exposure-based cognitive behavioral therapy (CBT) in PD. MAOA methylation was compared between N=28 female Caucasian PD patients (discovery sample) and N=28 age- and sex-matched healthy controls via direct sequencing of sodium bisulfite-treated DNA extracted from blood cells. MAOA methylation was furthermore analyzed at baseline (T0) and after a 6-week CBT (T1) in the discovery sample parallelized by a waiting time in healthy controls, as well as in an independent sample of female PD patients (N=20). Patients exhibited lower MAOA methylation than healthy controls (P<0.001), and baseline PD severity correlated negatively with MAOA methylation (P=0.01). In the discovery sample, MAOA methylation increased up to the level of healthy controls along with CBT response (number of panic attacks; T0-T1: +3.37±2.17%), while non-responders further decreased in methylation (-2.00±1.28%; P=0.001). In the replication sample, increases in MAOA methylation correlated with agoraphobic symptom reduction after CBT (P=0.02-0.03). The present results support previous evidence for MAOA hypomethylation as a PD risk marker and suggest reversibility of MAOA hypomethylation as a potential epigenetic correlate of response to CBT. The emerging notion of epigenetic signatures as a mechanism of action of psychotherapeutic interventions may promote epigenetic patterns as biomarkers of lasting extinction effects. KW - Adult KW - Case-Control Studies KW - Cognitive Therapy KW - DNA Methylation KW - Epigenesis KW - Genetic KW - Female KW - Humans KW - Monoamine Oxidase/genetics KW - Panic Disorder/genetics KW - Panic Disorder/therapy KW - Sequence Analysis KW - DNA Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-164422 IS - 6 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziegler, Alice A1 - Meyer, Hanna A1 - Otte, Insa A1 - Peters, Marcell K. A1 - Appelhans, Tim A1 - Behler, Christina A1 - Böhning-Gaese, Katrin A1 - Classen, Alice A1 - Detsch, Florian A1 - Deckert, Jürgen A1 - Eardley, Connal D. A1 - Ferger, Stefan W. A1 - Fischer, Markus A1 - Gebert, Friederike A1 - Haas, Michael A1 - Helbig-Bonitz, Maria A1 - Hemp, Andreas A1 - Hemp, Claudia A1 - Kakengi, Victor A1 - Mayr, Antonia V. A1 - Ngereza, Christine A1 - Reudenbach, Christoph A1 - Röder, Juliane A1 - Rutten, Gemma A1 - Schellenberger Costa, David A1 - Schleuning, Matthias A1 - Ssymank, Axel A1 - Steffan-Dewenter, Ingolf A1 - Tardanico, Joseph A1 - Tschapka, Marco A1 - Vollstädt, Maximilian G. R. A1 - Wöllauer, Stephan A1 - Zhang, Jie A1 - Brandl, Roland A1 - Nauss, Thomas T1 - Potential of airborne LiDAR derived vegetation structure for the prediction of animal species richness at Mount Kilimanjaro JF - Remote Sensing N2 - The monitoring of species and functional diversity is of increasing relevance for the development of strategies for the conservation and management of biodiversity. Therefore, reliable estimates of the performance of monitoring techniques across taxa become important. Using a unique dataset, this study investigates the potential of airborne LiDAR-derived variables characterizing vegetation structure as predictors for animal species richness at the southern slopes of Mount Kilimanjaro. To disentangle the structural LiDAR information from co-factors related to elevational vegetation zones, LiDAR-based models were compared to the predictive power of elevation models. 17 taxa and 4 feeding guilds were modeled and the standardized study design allowed for a comparison across the assemblages. Results show that most taxa (14) and feeding guilds (3) can be predicted best by elevation with normalized RMSE values but only for three of those taxa and two of those feeding guilds the difference to other models is significant. Generally, modeling performances between different models vary only slightly for each assemblage. For the remaining, structural information at most showed little additional contribution to the performance. In summary, LiDAR observations can be used for animal species prediction. However, the effort and cost of aerial surveys are not always in proportion with the prediction quality, especially when the species distribution follows zonal patterns, and elevation information yields similar results. KW - biodiversity KW - species richness KW - LiDAR KW - elevation KW - partial least square regression KW - arthropods KW - birds KW - bats KW - predictive modeling Y1 - 2022 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-262251 SN - 2072-4292 VL - 14 IS - 3 ER - TY - THES A1 - Ziegenhals, Thomas T1 - The role of the miR-26 family in neurogenesis T1 - Die Rolle der miR-26 Familie in der Neurogenese N2 - For the differentiation of a embryonic stem cells (ESCs) to neuronal cells (NCs) a complex and coordinated gene regulation program is needed. One important control element for neuronal differentiation is the repressor element 1 silencing transcription factor (REST) complex, which represses neuronal gene expression in non-neuronal cells. Crucial effector proteins of the REST complex are small phosphatases such as the CTDSPs (C-terminal domain small phosphatases) that regulate polymerase II activity by dephosphorylating the C-terminal domain of the polymerase, thereby repressing target genes. The stepwise inactivation of REST, including the CTDSPs, leads to the induction of a neuron-specific gene program, which ultimately induces the formation of neurons. The spatio-temporal control of REST and its effector components is therefore a crucial step for neurogenesis. In zebrafish it was shown that the REST-associated CTDSP2 is negatively regulated by the micro RNA (miR) -26b. Interestingly, the miR-26b is encoded in an intron of the primary transcript of CTDSP2. This gives the fundament of an intrinsic regulatory negative feedback loop, which is essential for the proceeding of neurogenesis. This feedback loop is active during neurogenesis, but inactive in non-neuronal cells. The reason for this is that the maturation of the precursor miR (pre-miR) to the mature miR-26 is arrested in non neuronal cells, but not in neurons. As only mature miRs are actively repressing genes, the regulation of miR-26 processing is an essential step in neurogenesis. In this study, the molecular basis of miR-26 processing regulation in the context of neurogenesis was addressed. The mature miR is processed from two larger precursors: First the primary transcript is cleaved by the enzyme DROSHA in the nucleus to form the pre-miR. The pre-miR is exported from the nucleus and processed further through the enzyme DICER to yield the mature miR. The mature miR can regulate gene expression in association with the RNA-induced silencing complex (RISC). Multiple different scenarios in which miR processing was regulated were proposed and experimentally tested. Microinjection studies using Xenopus leavis oocytes showed that slowdown or blockage of the nucleo-cytoplasmic transport are not the reason for delayed pre-miR-26 processing. Moreover, in vitro and in vivo miR-processing assays showed that maturation is most likely regulated through a in trans acting factor, which blocks processing in non neuronal cells. Through RNA affinity chromatographic assays using zebrafish and murine lysates I was able to isolate and identify proteins that interact specifically with pre-miR-26 and could by this influence its biogenesis. Potential candidates are FMRP/FXR1/2, ZNF346 and Eral1, whose functional characterisation in the context of miR-biogenesis could now be addressed. The second part of my thesis was executed in close colaboration with the laboratory of Prof. Albrecht Müller. The principal question was addressed how miR-26 influences neuronal gene expression and which genes are primarily affected. This research question could be addressed by using a cell culture model system, which mimics ex vivo the differentiation of ESCs to NCs via neuronal progenitor. For the functional analysis of miR-26 knock out cell lines were generated by the CRISPR/Cas9 technology. miR-26 deficient ESC keep their pluripotent state and are able to develop NPC, but show major impairment in differentiating to NCs. Through RNA deep sequencing the miR-26 induced transcriptome differences could be analysed. On the level of mRNAs it could be shown, that the expression of neuronal gene is downregulated in miR-26 deficient NCs. Interestingly, the deletion of miR-26 leads to selectively decreased levels of miRs, which on one hand regulate the REST complex and on the other hand are under transcriptional control by REST themself. This data and the discovery that induction of miR-26 leads to enrichment of other REST regulating miRs indicates that miR-26 initiates neurogenesis through stepwise inactivation of the REST complex. N2 - Für die Differenzierung von embryonalen Stammzellen (ESCs) zu Neuronen (NCs) bedarf es eines komplexen Genregulationsprogramms, welches sowohl zeitlich als auch räumlich reguliert werden muss. Ein wichtiger Faktor während der neuronalen Differenzierung ist der sogenannte „repressor element 1 silencing transcription factor“ (REST)-Komplex, welcher die Expression neuronaler Gene in nicht neuralen Zellen unterdrückt. Wichtige Effektorproteine im REST-Komplex sind kleine Phosphatasen (sog. CTDSPs), welche durch die Dephosphorylierung der C-terminalen Domäne der RNA-Polymerase II deren Aktivität an Zielgenen reprimiert. Die schrittweise Inaktivierung von REST, einschließlich der CTDSPs, führt hingegen zur Einleitung des neuronalen Genprogramms und damit zur Entwicklung von neuronalen Zellen. Die zeitliche Regulierung des REST-Komplexes und seiner assoziierten Effektor-Komponenten ist daher auf molekularer Ebene das entscheidende Ereignis in der Neurogenese. Studien in Zebrafisch haben gezeigt, dass die REST-assoziierte Phosphatase CTDSP2 von der micro-RNA (miR) -26b negativ reguliert wird, was zu einer reduzierten REST Aktivität führt. Interessanterweise liegt diese miR in einem Intron von CTDSP2, also dem Gen, welches sie selbst repremiert. Diese Konstellation stellt die Basis für eine intrinsische negative Rückkopplungsschleife dar und ist essentiell für das Voranschreiten der Neurogenese. Diese Schleife ist aktiv während der Neurogenese, jedoch inaktiv in neuronalen Stammzellen. Der Grund hierfür ist, dass die Reifung der miR-26b auf der Stufe der Prozessierung des miR-Vorläufers (pre-miR) zur reifen miR in Stammzellen, nicht aber in Neuronen, angehalten ist. Da nur reife miR funktionell aktiv sein können, ist die Regulation der miR-26 Reifung ein essentieller Schritt im Rahmen der Neurogenese. In dieser Dissertation sollte der Frage nach der molekularen Basis der regulierten Prozessierung der miR-26 im Rahmen der Neurogenese nachgegangen werden. Die Prozessierung von miR erfolgt über zwei Intermediate: Zunächst wird aus dem primären Transkript im Zellkern die pre-miR durch das Enzym DROSHA gebildet. Diese wird dann aus dem Kern exportiert und durch das Enzym DICER zur reifen miR weiterverarbeitet, die im Kontext des „RNA-Induced Silencing Complex“ (RISC) die post-transkriptionale Genexpression reguliert. Mirkoinjektionsstudien an Xenopus leavis Oocyten zeigten, dass eine Verlangsamung bzw. Blockade des nukleo-zytoplasmatischen Transports nicht Ursache für die verzögerte Prozessierung der pre-miR-26 sein kann. Stattdessen haben in vitro und in vivo Prozessierungsexperimente gezeigt, dass die Reifung der miR-26 sehr wahrscheinlich durch einen in trans agierenden Faktor gesteuert wird, der die Prozessierung in nicht-neuronalen Zellen blockiert. Durch RNA affinitätschromatographische Versuche gelang es, Proteine aus Maus- und Zebrafischlysaten zu isolieren und diese zu identifizieren, die spezifisch mit der pre-miR-26b interagieren und deren Biogenese beeinflussen könnten. Vielversprechende Kandidaten sind die Proteine FMRP/FXR1/2, ZNF346 und Eral1, deren funktionelle Charakterisierung im Kontext der miR-Biogenese nun möglich ist. In einer Kooperation mit der Arbeitsgruppe von Prof. Albrecht Müller wurde im zweiten Teil der Arbeit der prinzipiellen Frage nachgegangen, wie die miR-26 die neuronale Genexpression steuert und welche Gene hiervon primär betroffen sind. Diese Untersuchungen wurden durch die Etablierung eines Zellkultur-Protokolls ermöglicht, welches ex vivo die Differenzierung von ESC über neuronal Vorläufer Zellen (NPC) zu NCs erlaubte und so eine systematische Analyse dieses Prozess erlaubte. Für die Funktionsanalyse von miR-26 wurden über die CRISPR/Cas9 Technologie Zelllinien hergestellt, welche keine miR-26 mehr im Genom haben. miR-26 defiziente ESCs behalten ihren pluripotenten Status und ließen sich zu NPCs entwickeln. Die Weiterentwicklung von NPCs zu NCs war hingegen massiv eingeschränkt. Durch RNA Hochdurchsatzsequenzierung gelang es die miR-26 induzierten Genexpressionsunterschiede geanu zu identifizieren. Auf der Ebene der mRNA konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Expression von neuronalen Genen in miR-26 defizienten NCs herunterreguliert ist und dass unter diesen Bedingungen offensichtlich kein anderer Differenzierungsweg eingeschlagen werden konnte. Interessanterweise führte die Deletion von miR-26 zu einer selektiven Verminderung von miRs, die einerseits den REST Komplex regulieren, andererseits aber auch unter dessen transkriptionaler Kontrolle stehen. Diese Daten und die Entdeckung, dass die Induktion von miR-26 zur Anreicherung anderer REST regulierender miRs führt, lässt vermuten, dass miR-26 die Neurogenese durch die schrittweise Inaktivierung des REST Komplexe initiiert. KW - miRNS KW - Neurogenese KW - miR-26 KW - REST-Complex KW - miRNA Biogenesis KW - microrna KW - neurogenesis Y1 - 2018 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-156395 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziebertz, Hans-Georg T1 - Introduction to the special issue: Religion and human rights: complementary or contrary JF - Religions N2 - No abstract available KW - human rights Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-228798 SN - 2077-1444 VL - 12 IS - 2 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Ziebell, Philipp A1 - Rodrigues, Johannes A1 - Forster, André A1 - Sanguinetti, Joseph L. A1 - Allen, John JB. A1 - Hewig, Johannes T1 - Inhibition of midfrontal theta with transcranial ultrasound explains greater approach versus withdrawal behavior in humans JF - Brain Stimulation N2 - Highlights • Transcranial ultrasound neuromodulation/stimulation (TUS) is a growing field. • We conducted a double-blind sham-controlled within-subjects large sample TUS study. • Right prefrontal cortex TUS inhibits midfrontal theta electroencephalography (MFT). • TUS MFT inhibition explains greater approach versus withdrawal in a virtual T-maze. • This distinct TUS-MFT-behavior link merits future basic and applied research. Abstract Recent reviews highlighted low-intensity transcranial focused ultrasound (TUS) as a promising new tool for non-invasive neuromodulation in basic and applied sciences. Our preregistered double-blind within-subjects study (N = 152) utilized TUS targeting the right prefrontal cortex, which, in earlier work, was found to positively enhance self-reported global mood, decrease negative states of self-reported emotional conflict (anxiety/worrying), and modulate related midfrontal functional magnetic resonance imaging activity in affect regulation brain networks. To further explore TUS effects on objective physiological and behavioral variables, we used a virtual T-maze task that has been established in prior studies to measure motivational conflicts regarding whether participants execute approach versus withdrawal behavior (with free-choice responses via continuous joystick movements) while allowing to record related electroencephalographic data such as midfrontal theta activity (MFT). MFT, a reliable marker of conflict representation on a neuronal level, was of particular interest to us since it has repeatedly been shown to explain related behavior, with relatively low MFT typically preceding approach-like risky behavior and relatively high MFT typically preceding withdrawal-like risk aversion. Our central hypothesis is that TUS decreases MFT in T-maze conflict situations and thereby increases approach and reduces withdrawal. Results indicate that TUS led to significant MFT decreases, which significantly explained increases in approach behavior and decreases in withdrawal behavior. This study expands TUS evidence on a physiological and behavioral level with a large sample size of human subjects, suggesting the promise of further research based on this distinct TUS-MFT-behavior link to influence conflict monitoring and its behavioral consequences. Ultimately, this can serve as a foundation for future clinical work to establish TUS interventions for emotional and motivational mental health. KW - approach versus withdrawal KW - electroencephalography (EEG) KW - midfrontal theta (MFT) KW - right prefrontal cortex (PFC) KW - transcranial ultrasound neuromodulation/stimulation (TUS) KW - virtual reality Y1 - 2023 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-349890 VL - 16 IS - 5 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zidorn, Wilfried T1 - Alliances and R&D activites in the Biotechnology Industry T1 - Allianzen und F&E Aktivitäten in der Biotechnologieindustrie N2 - This dissertation is divided into three studies by addressing the following constitutive research questions in the context of the biotechnology industry: (1) How do different types of inter-firm alliances influence a firm’s R&D activity? (2) How does an increasing number and diversity of alliances in a firm’s alliance portfolio affect its R&D activity? (3) What is the optimal balance between exploration and exploitation? (1) To answer these research questions the first main chapter analyzes the impact of different types of alliances on the R&D activities of successful firms in the biotechnology industry. Following the use of a new approach to measuring changes in research activities, the results show that alliances are used to specialize in a certain research field, rather than to enter a completely new market. This effect becomes smaller when the equity involvement of the partners in the alliance project increases. (2) The second main chapter analyzes the impact on innovation output of having heterogeneous partners in a biotechnology firm’s alliance portfolio. Previous literature has stressed that investment in the heterogeneity of partners in an alliance portfolio is more important than merely engaging in multiple collaborative agreements. The analysis of a unique panel dataset of 20 biotechnology firms and their 8,602 alliances suggests that engaging in many alliances generally has a positive influence on a firm’s innovation output. Furthermore, maintaining diverse alliance portfolios has an inverted U-shaped influence on a firm’s innovation output, as managerial costs and complexity levels become too high. (3) And the third main chapter investigates whether there is an optimal balance to be found between explorative and exploitative innovation strategies. Previous literature states that firms that are ambidextrous (i.e., able to focus on exploration and exploitation simultaneously) tend to be more successful. Using a unique panel dataset of 20 leading biotechnology firms and separating their explorative and exploitative research, the chapter suggests that firms seeking to increase their innovation output should avoid imbalances between their explorative and exploitative innovation strategies. Furthermore, an inverted U-shaped relationship between a firm’s relative research attention on exploration and its innovation output is found. This dissertation concludes with the results of the dissertation, combines the findings, gives managerial implications and proposes areas for potential further research. N2 - In einer sich ständig verändernden Welt, die dominiert wird durch dynamisches Wachstum und Technologietransfer, spielt die Forschung und Entwicklung (F&E) eines Unternehmens eine zentrale Rolle. Der einfache Zugang zu Informationen, insbesondere für Unternehmen in technologiegetriebenen Industrien, kann über Erfolg und Misserfolg entscheiden und dadurch signifikante Wettbewerbsvorteile generieren. Da Wissen zu jeder Zeit und an verschiedenen Orten auf dieser Welt generiert wird, ist es für ein einzelnes Unternehmen unmöglich auf dieses breite Spektrum an Information durch eigenständige F&E zuzugreifen. Um diesen Zugang zu erweitern, kooperieren Unternehmen, insbesondere im Hochtechnologiebereich, entlang ihrer Wertschöpfungskette mit nationalen und internationalen Unternehmen aus wettbewerbsnahen und –fremden Industrien sowie staatlichen und privaten Forschungseinrichtungen. Diese Allianzen helfen Unternehmen den wechselnden Umwelteinflüssen, gekennzeichnet durch radikale und inkrementelle Innovationen, dem Kampf um Marktanteile und Änderungen der regulatorischen Rahmenbedingungen entgegenzutreten und ermöglichen dadurch schnell und flexibel auf diese exogenen Einflüsse zu reagieren. Ziel dieser Dissertation ist es, die F&E Prozesse von Unternehmen in der Biotechnologieindustrie darzustellen und dabei zu analysieren, inwiefern Unternehmen verschiedene Arten von Allianzen nutzen, um diese Prozesse zu optimieren. Nach Beschreibung der Forschungsrelevanz und der damit verbundenen Analyse von Studien zu F&E, Wissensgenerierung, Allianzen und der Biotechnologieindustrie folgen drei empirische Hauptteile. Der erste Teil beschreibt, inwiefern Unternehmen verschiedene Typen von Allianzen nutzen können, um sich auf bestimmte Technologiebereiche zu spezialisieren. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass Biotechnologieunternehmen, die oft und gezielt mit anderen Unternehmen kooperieren, einen spezialisierteren Technologiefokus haben, als Unternehmen, die von diesem strategischen Instrument nur selten Gebrauch machen. Der zweite Teil geht auf den Einfluss von Allianzportfolios auf F&E Prozesse innerhalb eines Biotechnologieunternehmens ein. Damit Unternehmen nicht wiederholt auf redundantes Wissen stoßen, müssen diese mit heterogenen Partnern kooperieren. Um die F&E Erträge zu maximieren, ist es dabei essentiell, dass Unternehmen den Überblick zum einen über die Anzahl der Allianzen und zum anderen über deren Diversität behalten. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass Unternehmen zwar von beiden Kooperationsstrategien einzeln betrachtet profitieren, allerdings in Kombination schnell an einen Punkt gelangen, ab welchem negative F&E Erträge eintreten. Der dritte Teil beschäftigt sich mit der explorativen und exploitativen Wissensgenerierung innerhalb Biotechnologieunternehmen. Exploration bezieht sich hierbei auf experimentelle Forschung und der Schaffung von neuem Wissen, wohingegen Exploitation die Erweiterung und Verbesserung von bereits bestehendem Wissen beschreibt. Vorhergegangene Studien beschreiben, dass Unternehmen am meisten von einer effektiven Verbindung der beiden Forschungsstrategien profitieren, ermitteln allerdings nicht, bei welcher Gewichtung ein Unternehmen den höchsten technologischen Nutzen hat. Ziel dieses Teils ist es, diesen Extrempunkt für Unternehmen der Biotechnologie zu ermitteln. Die Ergebnisse zeigen, dass Biotechnologieunternehmen am meisten von einem Gleichgewicht zwischen Exploration und Exploitation profitieren, dabei allerdings minimal mehr Ressourcen der experimentellen Forschungen zusprechen. Dieses Optimum müsste sich jedoch verschieben, sobald sich Rahmenbedingungen wie Wettbewerb, Industriedynamik oder regulatorische Vorgaben ändern. Daher zeigt diese Dissertation, dass Unternehmenskooperation eine entscheidende Rolle bei der Entwicklung sowie dem Überleben von Biotechnologieunternehmen spielt und eine Balance zwischen Exploration und Exploitation zu einem großen Teil die nachhaltige Wettbewerbsfähigkeit von Biotechnologieunternehmen bestimmen kann. KW - Biotechnologische Industrie KW - Forschung und Entwicklung KW - Unternehmenskooperation KW - Biotechnologie KW - Alliances KW - Innovation KW - Biotechnology Y1 - 2012 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-75483 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhu, Mo T1 - Germination and differentiation of \(Blumeria\) \(graminis\) ascospores and effects of UV-C and white light irradiation on \(B.\) \(graminis\) conidial prepenetration T1 - Keimung und Differenzierung von \(Blumeria\) \(graminis\) Ascosporen und Effekte von UV-C und Weißlichtbestrahlung auf die Konidienpräpenetration von \(B.\) \(graminis\) N2 - Blumeria graminis, the obligate biotrophic grass powdery mildew, is a highly pathogenic fungus capable of inflicting foliar diseases and of causing severe yield losses. There is asexual and sexual propagation in the life cycle of B. graminis. In the epidemiological processes of this pathogen, both types of spores - asexual conidia and sexual ascospores – are crucial. Conidia of B. graminis are demonstrated to perceive cuticular very-long-chain aldehydes as molecular signal substances notably promoting germination and differentiation of the infection structure (the appressorium) – the prepenetration processes – in a concentration- and chain-length-dependent manner. Conidial germination and appressorium formation are known to be dramatically impeded by the presence of free water on the host surface. However, sexually formed ascospores are reported to easily germinate immersed in water. There are abundant assays on conidial prepenetration processes. However, with respect to the stimulating effects of very-long-chain aldehydes and to the influence of the presence of free water, ascosporic prepenetration processes are still obscure. In order to study the effects of very-long-chain aldehydes on the ascosporic prepenetration processes of wheat powdery mildew fungus B. graminis f. sp. tritici, Formvar®-based in vitro systems were applied to exclude the secondary host effects (such as host resistance) and to reproducibly provide homogeneous hydrophobic substratum surfaces. By the presence of even-numbered very-long-chain aldehydes (C22 - C30), the appressorium formation of the ascospores was notably triggered in a chain-length dependent manner. N-octacosanal (C28) was the most inducing aldehyde tested. Unlike conidia, ascospores could easily differentiate immersed in water and showed a more variable differentiation pattern even with a single germ tube differentiating an appressorium. To evaluate the alternative management against barley powdery mildew fungus Blumeria graminis f. sp. hordei, the suppressing effects of UV-C irradiation on the developmental processes of conidia on artificial surfaces (in vitro) and on host leaf surfaces (in vivo) were assayed. In vitro and in vivo, a single dose of 100 J m-2 UV-C was adequate to decrease conidial germination to < 20 % and to reduce appressorium formation to values < 5 %. UV-C irradiation negatively affected colony pustule size and vegetative propagation. Under photoperiodic conditions of 2h light/16h dark, 6h dark/12h light or 6h dark/18h light, UV-C-treated conidia showed photoreactivation (photo-recovery). White light-mediated photoreactivation was most effective immediately after UV-C irradiation, suggesting that a prolonged phase of darkness after UV-C application increased the efficacy of management against B. graminis. UV-C irradiation increased transcript levels of three putative photolyase genes in B. graminis, indicating those were probably involved in photoreactivation processes. However, mere white light or blue light (wavelength peak, 475 nm) could not induce the up-regulation of these genes. To determine whether visible light directly impacted the prepenetration and penetration processes of this powdery mildew pathogen, conidia of Blumeria graminis f. sp. hordei and Blumeria graminis f. sp. tritici were inoculated onto artificial surfaces and on host leaf surfaces. Samples were analyzed after incubation periods under light conditions (white light intensity and spectral quality). Increasing white light intensities directly impaired conidial prepenetration processes in vitro but not in vivo. Applying an agar layer under the wax membrane compensated for conidial water loss as a consequence of high white light irradiation. Light stimulated in vitro and in vivo the appressorium elongation of B. graminis in a wavelength-dependent manner. Red light was more effective to trigger the elongation of appressorium than blue light or green light assayed. Taken together, the findings of this study demonstrate that 1) a host surface recognition principle based on cuticular very-long-chain aldehydes is a common feature of B. graminis f. sp. tritici ascospores and conidia; 2) the transcriptional changes of three putative photolyase genes in B. graminis are mediated in a UV-C-dependent manner; 3) light directly affected the (pre)penetration processes of B. graminis. N2 - Blumeria graminis, der obligate biotrophe Grasmehltau, ist ein hochpathogener Pilz, der in der Lage ist, Blätter zu schädigen und in Getreidekulturen schwere Ertragsverluste zu verursachen. Im Lebenszyklus von B. graminis kommen sowohl sexuelle als auch asexuelle Reproduktion vor. In den epidemiologischen Prozessen dieses Erregers sind beide Arten von Sporen - asexuelle Konidien und sexuelle Ascosporen - von entscheidender Bedeutung. Conidien von B. graminis reagieren nachweislich auf kutikuläre, sehr langkettige Aldehyde als molekulare Signalstoffe, die insbesondere die Keimung und Differenzierung der Infektionsstruktur (das Appressorium) - die Präpenetrationsprozesse - konzentrations- und kettenlängenabhängig fördern. Es ist bekannt, dass die Konidienkeimung und Appressoriumbildung durch die Anwesenheit von freiem Wasser auf der Wirtsoberfläche dramatisch behindert wird, während sexuell gebildete Ascosporen unter diesen Bedingungen keimen. Es gibt zahlreiche Untersuchungen zu Konidien-Präpenetrationsprozessen. Im Hinblick auf die stimulierende Wirkung von langkettigen Aldehyden und den Einfluss von freiem Wasser sind die askosporischen Präpenetrationsprozesse jedoch noch unklar. Um die Effekte langkettiger Aldehydmoleküle auf die ascosporischen Präpenetrationsprozesse von Weizenmehltaupilz zu untersuchen, wurde B. graminis f. sp. tritici auf Formvar®-basierten In-vitro-Systemen angewendet. Dadurch konnten sekundäre Wirtseffekte (wie Wirtsresistenz) ausgeschlossen und homogene hydrophobe Substratoberflächen reproduzierbar bereitgestellt werden. Die Anwesenheit geradzahliger sehr langkettiger Aldehyde (C22 – C30) erhöhte deutlich die Ausbilung des Appressoriums von Ascosporen. Von den getesteten Aldehyden zeigte n-Octacosanal (C28) die größte Induktionskraft. Im Gegensatz zu Konidien konnten bei Ascosporen auch unteri Anwesenheit von freiem Wasser variable Differenzierungsmuster festgestellt werden, bei denen auch einzelne Keimröhren zur Differenzierung des Appressoriums führten. Zur Bewertung der alternativen Bekämpfung gegen Gerstenmehltaupilz Blumeria graminis f. sp. hordei wurde die Unterdrückungswirkung von UV-C-Strahlung auf die Entwicklungsprozesse von Konidien auf künstlichen Oberflächen (in vitro) und auf Wirtsblattoberflächen (in vivo) untersucht. In vitro und in vivo war eine Einzeldosis von 100 J m-2 UV-C ausreichend, um die Konidienkeimung auf < 20 % zu verringern und die Appressoriumsbildung auf Werte < 5 % zu reduzieren. Die UV-C-Bestrahlung beeinflusste die Größe der Kolonepusteln und die vegetative Vermehrung negativ. UV-C behandelte Konidien wurden unterschiedlichen Lichtverhältnissen ausgesetzt: 2 h hell / 16 h dunkel, 6 h dunkel / 12 h hell und 6 h dunkel / 18 h hell. Dabei zeigten sie unterschiedliche Photoreaktivierungsaktivitäten. Die Weißlicht-vermittelte Photoreaktivierung war unmittelbar nach der UV-C-Behandlung am effektivsten, was darauf hindeutet, dass eine verlängerte Phase der Dunkelheit nach der UV-C-Anwendung die Wirksamkeit des Managements gegen B. graminis erhöhte. UV-C-Bestrahlung erhöhte die Transkriptmengen von drei mutmaßlichen Photolyase-Genen in B. graminis, was darauf hindeutet, dass sie wahrscheinlich an Photoreaktivierungsprozessen beteiligt waren. Weißes oder blaues Licht (Wellenlängen-Peak, 475 nm) konnte die Hochregulation dieser Gene nicht induzieren. Um zu bestimmen, ob sichtbares Licht direkt auf die Präpenetrations- und Penetrationsvorgänge dieses Mehltau-Erregers einwirkt, wurden Konidien von Blumeria graminis f. sp. hordei und Blumeria graminis f. sp. tritici auf künstliche Oberflächen und auf Wirtsblattoberflächen inokuliert. Die Proben wurden nach Inkubationunter verschiedenen Lichtbedingungen (Weißlichtintensität und Spektralqualität) analysiert. Das Auftragen einer Agarschicht unter der Wachsmembran kompensierte den Wasserverlust der Konidien als Folge der Bestrahlung mit hoher Lichtintensität. Zunehmende Weißlichtintensitäten beeinträchtigten Konidienpräpenetrationsprozesse direkt in vitro, aber nicht in vivo. Eine wellenlängenabhängige Stimulation der Verlängerung des Appressoriums konnte sowohl in vitro als auch in vivo beobachtet werden. Dabei war rotes Licht wirksamer, um die Verlängerung des Appressoriums auszulösen, als blaues oder grünes Licht. Zusammengefasst zeigen die Ergebnisse dieser Studie, dass 1) ein Prinzip der Wirtsoberflächenerkennung basierend auf kutikulären, sehr langkettigen Aldehyden ein gemeinsames Merkmal von B. graminis f sp. tritici Ascosporen und Konidien ist; 2) die Transkriptionsänderungen von drei putativen Photolyase-Genen in B. graminis in einer UV-C-abhängigen Weise vermittelt werden und 3) Licht direkt die (Vor-) Penetrationsvorgänge von B. graminis beeinflusste. KW - Powdery mildew fungus KW - Germination and differentiation KW - Cuticle KW - Irradiation KW - Blumeria graminis KW - Bestrahlung Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-166470 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhu, Min A1 - Shabala, Lana A1 - Cuin, Tracey A. A1 - Huang, Xin A1 - Zhou, Meixue A1 - Munns, Rana A1 - Shabala, Sergey T1 - Nax loci affect SOS1-like Na\(^+\)/H\(^+\) exchanger expression and activity in wheat JF - Journal of Experimental Botany N2 - Salinity stress tolerance in durum wheat is strongly associated with a plant's ability to control Na\(^+\) delivery to the shoot. Two loci, termed Nax1 and Nax2, were recently identified as being critical for this process and the sodium transporters HKT1;4 and HKT1; 5 were identified as the respective candidate genes. These transporters retrieve Na\(^+\) from the xylem, thus limiting the rates of Na\(^+\) transport from the root to the shoot. In this work, we show that the Nax loci also affect activity and expression levels of the SOS1-like Na\(^+\)/H\(^+\) exchanger in both root cortical and stelar tissues. Net Na\(^+\) efflux measured in isolated steles from salt-treated plants, using the non-invasive ion flux measuring MIFE technique, decreased in the sequence: Tamaroi (parental line)>Nax1=Nax2>Nax1:Nax2 lines. This efflux was sensitive to amiloride (a known inhibitor of the Na\(^+\)/H\(^+\) exchanger) and was mirrored by net H\(^+\) flux changes. TdSOS1 relative transcript levels were 6-10-fold lower in Nax lines compared with Tamaroi. Thus, it appears that Nax loci confer two highly complementary mechanisms, both of which contribute towards reducing the xylem Na\(^+\) content. One enhances the retrieval of Na\(^+\) back into the root stele via HKT1;4 or HKT1;5, whilst the other reduces the rate of Na\(^+\) loading into the xylem via SOS1. It is suggested that such duality plays an important adaptive role with greater versatility for responding to a changing environment and controlling Na\(^+\) delivery to the shoot. KW - HKT transporter KW - potassium KW - salinity stress KW - sequestration KW - sodium KW - xylem loading Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-190908 VL - 67 IS - 3 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhu, Min A1 - Shabala, Lana A1 - Cuin, Tracey A A1 - Huang, Xin A1 - Zhou, Meixue A1 - Munns, Rana A1 - Shabala, Sergey T1 - Nax loci affect SOS1-like Na\(^{+}\)/H\(^{+}\) exchanger expression and activity in wheat JF - Journal of Experimental Botany N2 - Salinity stress tolerance in durum wheat is strongly associated with a plant’s ability to control Na\(^{+}\) delivery to the shoot. Two loci, termed Nax1 and Nax2, were recently identified as being critical for this process and the sodium transporters HKT1;4 and HKT1;5 were identified as the respective candidate genes. These transporters retrieve Na\(^{+}\) from the xylem, thus limiting the rates of Na\(^{+}\) transport from the root to the shoot. In this work, we show that the Nax loci also affect activity and expression levels of the SOS1-like Na\(^{+}\)/H\(^{+}\) exchanger in both root cortical and stelar tissues. Net Na\(^{+}\) efflux measured in isolated steles from salt-treated plants, using the non-invasive ion flux measuring MIFE technique, decreased in the sequence: Tamaroi (parental line)>Nax1=Nax2>Nax1:Nax2 lines. This efflux was sensitive to amiloride (a known inhibitor of the Na\(^{+}\)/H\(^{+}\) exchanger) and was mirrored by net H\(^{+}\) flux changes. TdSOS1 relative transcript levels were 6–10-fold lower in Nax lines compared with Tamaroi. Thus, it appears that Nax loci confer two highly complementary mechanisms, both of which contribute towards reducing the xylem Na\(^{+}\) content. One enhances the retrieval of Na\(^{+}\) back into the root stele via HKT1;4 or HKT1;5, whilst the other reduces the rate of Na\(^{+}\) loading into the xylem via SOS1. It is suggested that such duality plays an important adaptive role with greater versatility for responding to a changing environment and controlling Na\(^{+}\) delivery to the shoot. KW - HKT transporter KW - potassium KW - salinity stress KW - sequestration KW - sodium KW - xylem loading Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-150236 VL - 67 IS - 3 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhu, Ana Cheng T1 - Metagenomic analysis of genetic variation in human gut microbial species T1 - Metagenomische Analysen der genetischen Variationen in menschlichen Darmbakterien N2 - Microbial species (bacteria and archaea) in the gut are important for human health in various ways. Not only does the species composition vary considerably within the human population, but each individual also appears to have its own strains of a given species. While it is known from studies of bacterial pan-genomes, that genetic variation between strains can differ considerably, such as in Escherichia coli, the extent of genetic variation of strains for abundant gut species has not been surveyed in a natural habitat. This is mainly due to the fact that most of these species cannot be cultured in the laboratory. Genetic variation can range from microscale genomic rearrangements such as small nucleotide polymorphism (SNP) to macroscale large genomic rearrangements like structural variations. Metagenomics offers an alternative solution to study genetic variation in prokaryotes, as it involves DNA sequencing of the whole community directly from the environment. However, most metagenomic studies to date only focus on variation in gene abundance and hence are not able to characterize genetic variation (in terms of presence or absence of SNPs and genes) of gut microbial strains of individuals. The aim of my doctorate studies was therefore to study the extent of genetic variation in the genomic sequence of gut prokaryotic species and its phenotypic effects based on: (1) the impact of SNP variation in gut bacterial species, by focusing on genes under selective pressure and (2) the gene content variation (as a proxy for structural variation) and their effect on microbial species and the phenotypic traits of their human host. In the first part of my doctorate studies, I was involved in a project in which we created a catalogue of 10.3 million SNPs in gut prokaryotic species, based on metagenomes. I used this to perform the first SNP-based comparative study of prokaryotic species evolution in a natural habitat. Here, I found that strains of gut microbial species in different individuals evolve at more similar rates than the strains within an individual. In addition, I found that gene evolution can be uncoupled from the evolution of its originating species, and that this could be related to selective pressure such as diet, exemplified by galactokinase gene (galK). Despite the individuality (i.e. uniqueness of each individual within the studied metagenomic dataset) in the SNP profile of the gut microbiota that we found, for most cases it is not possible to link SNPs with phenotypic differences. For this reason I also used gene content as a proxy to study structural variation in metagenomes. In the second part of my doctorate studies, I developed a methodology to characterize the variability of gene content in gut bacterial species, using metagenomes. My approach is based on gene deletions, and was applied to abundant species (demonstrated using a set of 11 species). The method is sufficiently robust as it captures a similar range of gene content variability as has been detected in completely sequenced genomes. Using this procedure I found individuals differ by an average of 13% in their gene content of gut bacterial strains within the same species. Interestingly no two individuals shared the same gene content across bacterial species. However, this variation corresponds to a lower limit, as it is only accounts for gene deletion and not insertions. This large variation in the gene content of gut strain was found to affect important functions, such as polysaccharide utilization loci (PULs) and capsular polysaccharide synthesis (CPS), which are related with digestion of dietary fibers. In summary, I have shown that metagenomics based approaches can be robust in characterizing genetic variation in gut bacterial species. I also illustrated, using examples both for SNPs and gene content (galK, PULs and CPS), that this genetic variation can be used to predict the phenotypic characteristics of the microbial species, as well as predicting the phenotype of their human host (for example, their capacity to digest different food components). Overall, the results of my thesis highlight the importance of characterizing the strains in the gut microbiome analogous to the emerging variability and importance of human genomics. N2 - Mikrobielle Arten (Bakterien und Archaeen) im menschlichen Darm sind wichtige Begleiter für unsere Gesundheit. Jedoch gibt es nicht nur starke Unterschiede zwischen individuellen Wirten in der Artenzusammensetzung des Darmmikrobioms, sondern es scheint sogar Individuen-spezifische Bakterienstämme zu geben. Analysen von Bakterien wie z.B. Escherichia coli haben schon früh gezeigt, dass die Genome von Bakterienstämmen derselben Art große Unterschiede aufzeigen können; jedoch wurden diese Unterschiede bisher noch nicht in einer natürlichen Umgebung gezeigt. Genetische Variation kann viele Ausprägungen haben und reicht von kleinen Veränderungen wie „small nucleotide polymorphism“ (SNP) zu makroskopischen Veränderung, wie z.B. chromosomalen Restrukturierungen. All diese genetischen Variationen wurden bis jetzt nicht in der natürlichen Umgebung der Bakterien studiert, vorallem bedingt durch fehlende Methoden um die meisten dieser Bakterien um Labor zu kultivieren. Metagenomische Studien können hier helfen, da sie unabhängig von Kultivierungen jegliche DNS aus einer natürlichen Bakteriengemeinschaft untersuchen. Jedoch wurde dies in den meisten bisher veröffentlichten metagenomischen Studien nicht ausgenutzt da diese hauptsächlich auf die Anzahl der gefunden Gene ausgerichtet waren. Das Ziel meiner Doktorarbeit war es, die genetische Variation in Darmbakterien zu beschreiben und phenotypische Veränderungen zu untersuchen. Dies habe ich umgesetzt durch die Erforschung (1) der SNP-Varianz in Darmbakterien, mit besonderem Augenmerk auf Gene, die unter einem selektivem Druck stehen und (2) der Variationen in der Genzusammensetzung eines Genomes (als eine Annäherung an strukturelle Variationen) und welchen Effekt dies auf Mikrobenarten und Wirtsphenotypen hat. Im ersten Kapitel meiner Doktorarbeit beschreibe ich meine Arbeit in einem Projekt unserer Gruppe, in dem wir basierend auf metagenomischen Daten 10 Millionen SNPs in menschlichen Darmbakterien beschrieben haben. Diesen Datensatz habe ich verwendet um die erste SNP-basierte, vergleichende Studie der Bakterienevolution in einem natürlichen Habitat zu realisieren. Ich entdeckte, dass Bakterienstämme unabhängig vom Wirt ähnliche evolutionäre Raten haben. Genauer gesagt, die evolutionäre Rate für eine Art ist stabiler zwischen Wirten, als die von verschiedenen Spezies innerhalb eines Wirtes. Ausserdem fand ich heraus, dass die Evolution von einzelnen Genen unabhängig vom restlichen Genom einer Spezies ist. Dies könnte durch einen Selektionsdruck wie z.B. die Ernährung des Wirtes ausgelöst werden, was ich am Beispiel des Galactokinasegenes (galK) gezeigt habe. Obwohl wir zeigen konnten, dass das SNP-Profil der Darmbakterien spezifisch für den jeweiligen Wirt ist, konnten wir keine Assoziation zwischen SNPs und Wirtsphänotypen finden. Auch aus diesem Grund habe ich mich in meiner weiteren Arbeit verstärkt auf makroskopische Genomvariationen konzentriert. Im zweiten Teil meiner Doktoarbeit entwickelte ich eine neue Methode, um Variationen in der genomische Zusammensetzung von einzelnen Bakterienarten zu beschreiben, wieder basierend auf metagenomischen Daten. Hierbei fokussiere ich mich insbesondere auf Gene, die in unseren metagenomischen Daten im Verglich zum Referengenom fehlen und wende dies auf die 11 dominantesten Bakterienspezies an. Diese neue Methode ist robust, da die gefundene Genomvarianz in unseren metagenomischen Daten übereinstimmt mit Daten aus komplett sequenzierten Genomen. So konnte ich herausfinden, dass im Durchschnitt 13% der Gene einer Bakterienart zwischen einzelen Wirten varieren. Besonders interessant ist hier, dass wir keine zwei Wirte gefunden haben, die für eine Bakterienart genau diesselben Gene haben. Jedoch ist die erwarte Varianz aller Wahrscheinlichkeit nach noch größer, da ich mit dieser Methode nur fehlende Gene beschreiben kann, aber nicht neu hinzugekommende. Diese Varianz kann auch wichtige bakterielle Funktionen betreffen, z.B. Gene für „polysaccharide utilization loci“ (PULs) und „capsular polysaccharide synthesis“ (CPS), welche wichtig sind um Ballaststoffe in der Nahrung zu verwerten. Zusammenfassend konnte ich in dieser Arbeit zeigen, dass metagenomische Methoden robust genug sind um die genetische Varianz von Darmbakterien zu beschreiben. Ausserdem konnte ich zeigen, dass die beschriebene Varianz benutzt werden kann, um phenotypische Veränderungen von Bakterien vorherzusagen (demonstriert für die galK, PULs and CPS-Gene). Dies wiederrum könnte benutzt werden um Vorhersagen für den Wirt über z.B. seine Ernährung zu machen. Meine Doktorarbeit zeigt wie wichtig es ist, einzelne Bakterienstämme zu charakterisieren, ganz analog zu der Bedeutsamkeit der genetischen Varianz des menschlichen Genomes. KW - metagenomic KW - Darmflora KW - Metagenom Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-113890 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Yang A1 - Ding, Meiqi A1 - Duan, Xiaodong A1 - Konrad, Kai R. A1 - Nagel, Georg A1 - Gao, Shiqiang T1 - Extending the Anion Channelrhodopsin-Based Toolbox for Plant Optogenetics JF - Membranes N2 - Optogenetics was developed in the field of neuroscience and is most commonly using light-sensitive rhodopsins to control the neural activities. Lately, we have expanded this technique into plant science by co-expression of a chloroplast-targeted β-carotene dioxygenase and an improved anion channelrhodopsin GtACR1 from the green alga Guillardia theta. The growth of Nicotiana tabacum pollen tube can then be manipulated by localized green light illumination. To extend the application of analogous optogenetic tools in the pollen tube system, we engineered another two ACRs, GtACR2, and ZipACR, which have different action spectra, light sensitivity and kinetic features, and characterized them in Xenopus laevis oocytes, Nicotiana benthamiana leaves and N. tabacum pollen tubes. We found that the similar molecular engineering method used to improve GtACR1 also enhanced GtACR2 and ZipACR performance in Xenopus laevis oocytes. The ZipACR1 performed in N. benthamiana mesophyll cells and N. tabacum pollen tubes with faster kinetics and reduced light sensitivity, allowing for optogenetic control of anion fluxes with better temporal resolution. The reduced light sensitivity would potentially facilitate future application in plants, grown under low ambient white light, combined with an optogenetic manipulation triggered by stronger green light. KW - optogenetics KW - rhodopsin KW - light-sensitive anion channel KW - surface potential recording KW - pollen tube Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-236617 SN - 2077-0375 VL - 11 IS - 4 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhou, Yang T1 - The Exploitation of Opsin-based Optogenetic Tools for Application in Higher Plants T1 - Die Nutzung von optogenetischen Werkzeugen auf Opsin-Basis für die Anwendung in höheren Pflanzen N2 - The discovery, heterologous expression, and characterization of channelrhodopsin-2 (ChR2) – a light-sensitive cation channel found in the green alga Chlamydomonas reinhardtii – led to the success of optogenetics as a powerful technology, first in neuroscience. ChR2 was employed to induce action potentials by blue light in genetically modified nerve cells. In optogenetics, exogenous photoreceptors are expressed in cells to manipulate cellular activity. These photoreceptors were in the beginning mainly microbial opsins. During nearly two decades, many microbial opsins and their mutants were explored for their application in neuroscience. Until now, however, the application of optogenetics to plant studies is limited to very few reports. Several optogenetic strategies for plant research were demonstrated, in which most attempts are based on non-opsin optogenetic tools. Opsins need retinal (vitamin A) as a cofactor to generate the functional protein, the rhodopsin. As most animals have eyes that contain animal rhodopsins, they also have the enzyme - a 15, 15'-Dioxygenase - for retinal production from food-supplied provitamin A (beta-carotene). However, higher plants lack a similar enzyme, making it difficult to express functional rhodopsins successfully in plants. But plant chloroplasts contain plenty of beta-carotene. I introduced a gene, coding for a 15, 15'-Dioxygenase with a chloroplast target peptide, to tobacco plants. This enzyme converts a molecule of β-carotene into two of all-trans-retinal. After expressing this enzyme in plants, the concentration of all-trans-retinal was increased greatly. The increased retinal concentration led to increased expression of several microbial opsins, tested in model higher plants. Unfortunately, most opsins were observed intracellularly and not in the plasma membrane. To improve their localization in the plasma membrane, some reported signal peptides were fused to the N- or C-terminal end of opsins. Finally, I helped to identify three microbial opsins -- GtACR1 (a light-gated anion channel), ChR2 (a light-gated cation channel), PPR (a light-gated proton pump) which express and work well in the plasma membrane of plants. The transgene plants were grown under red light to prevent activation of the expressed opsins. Upon illumination with blue or green light, the activation of these opsins then induced the expected change of the membrane potential, dramatically changing the phenotype of plants with activated rhodopsins. This study is the first which shows the potential of microbial opsins for optogenetic research in higher plants, using the ubq10 promoter for ubiquitous expression. I expect this to be just the beginning, as many different opsins and tissue-specific promoters for selective expression now can be tested for their usefulness. It is further to be expected that the here established method will help investigators to exploit more optogenetic tools and explore the secrets, kept in the plant kingdom. N2 - Die Entdeckung, heterologe Expression und Charakterisierung von Channelrhodopsin-2 (ChR2) - einem lichtempfindlichen Kationenkanal, der in der Grünalge Chlamydomonas reinhardtii vorkommt - führte zum Erfolg der Optogenetik als leistungsfähige Technologie, zunächst in den Neurowissenschaften. ChR2 wurde eingesetzt, um in genetisch veränderten Nervenzellen durch blaues Licht Aktionspotentiale zu induzieren. Bei der Optogenetik werden exogene Photorezeptoren in Zellen exprimiert, um die zelluläre Aktivität zu manipulieren. Diese Photorezeptoren waren anfangs hauptsächlich mikrobielle Opsine. Im Laufe von fast zwei Jahrzehnten wurden viele mikrobielle Opsine und ihre Mutanten für ihre Anwendung in den Neurowissenschaften erforscht. Bis jetzt ist die Anwendung der Optogenetik in der Pflanzenforschung jedoch auf sehr wenige Arbeiten beschränkt. Es wurden mehrere optogenetische Strategien für die Pflanzenforschung aufgezeigt, wobei die meisten Versuche auf optogenetischen Werkzeugen, die nicht Opsine sind, beruhen. Opsine benötigen Retinal (Vitamin A) als Kofaktor, um das funktionelle Protein, das Rhodopsin, zu generieren. Da die meisten Tiere Augen haben, die tierische Rhodopsine enthalten, verfügen sie auch über das Enzym - eine 15, 15'-Dioxygenase - zur Retinalproduktion aus mit der Nahrung zugeführtem Provitamin A (Beta-Carotin). Höheren Pflanzen fehlt jedoch ein ähnliches Enzym, was es schwierig macht, funktionale Rhodopsine erfolgreich in Pflanzen zu exprimieren. Aber die Chloroplasten der Pflanzen enthalten reichlich Beta-Carotin. Ich führte ein Gen, das für eine 15, 15'-Dioxygenase mit einem Chloroplasten-Zielpeptid kodiert, in Tabakpflanzen ein. Dieses Enzym wandelt ein Molekül β-Carotin in zwei Moleküle all-trans-Retinal um. Nach Expression dieses Enzyms in Pflanzen wurde die Konzentration von all-trans-Retinal stark erhöht. ... KW - optogenetics KW - opsins KW - higher plants Y1 - 2023 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-236960 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Xiang A1 - Wuchter, Patrick A1 - Egerer, Gerlinde A1 - Kriegsmann, Mark A1 - Mataityte, Aiste A1 - Koelsche, Christian A1 - Witzens-Harig, Mathias A1 - Kriegsmann, Katharina T1 - Role of virological serum markers in patients with both hepatitis B virus infection and diffuse large B-cell lymphoma JF - European Journal of Haematology N2 - Background Causality between hepatitis B virus (HBV) infection and diffuse large B-cell lymphoma (DLBCL) was reported in various studies. However, the implication of different virological serum markers of HBV infection in patients with both HBV infection and DLBCL is not fully understood. The aim of this study was to investigate the impact of HBV markers on overall survival (OS) and progression-free survival (PFS) in patients with both HBV infection and DLBCL. Methods In this study, patients (n = 40) diagnosed with both HBV infection and DLBCL were identified between 2000 and 2017. Six patients with hepatitis C virus (HCV) and/or human immunodeficiency virus (HIV) co-infection were excluded from this study. We retrospectively analyzed patients’ demographic characteristics, treatment, and the prognostic impact of different HBV markers at first diagnosis of DLBCL (HBsAg, anti-HBs, HBeAg, anti-HBe, and HBV-DNA) on OS and PFS. Results The majority of patients (n = 21, 62%) had advanced disease stage (III/IV) at diagnosis. In the first-line therapy, 24 patients (70%) were treated with R-CHOP regimen (rituximab, cyclophosphamide, hydroxydaunorubicin, vincristine, and prednisolone). HBeAg positive patients had a trend toward inferior OS and PFS compared with HBeAg negative patients. Anti-HBe positive patients had a statistically significant better OS and PFS compared with anti-HBe negative group (both P < .0001). Viremia with HBV-DNA ≥ 2 × 107 IU/L had a significant negative impact on OS and PFS (both P < .0001). Conclusion High activity of viral replication is associated with a poor survival outcome of patients with both HBV infection and DLBCL. KW - hepatitis B virus KW - diffuse large B-cell lymphoma KW - prognosis Y1 - 2019 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-258442 VL - 103 IS - 4 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Xiang A1 - Steinhardt, Maximilian Johannes A1 - Düll, Johannes A1 - Krummenast, Franziska A1 - Danhof, Sophia A1 - Meckel, Katharina A1 - Nickel, Katharina A1 - Grathwohl, Denise A1 - Leicht, Hans‐Benno A1 - Rosenwald, Andreas A1 - Einsele, Hermann A1 - Rasche, Leo A1 - Kortüm, Martin T1 - Obinutuzumab and venetoclax induced complete remission in a patient with ibrutinib‐resistant non‐nodal leukemic mantle cell lymphoma JF - European Journal of Haematology N2 - We herein report the case of a 73‐year‐old male patient who was diagnosed with leukemic non‐nodal MCL. This patient had received six cycles of bendamustine, which resulted in a transient remission, and a second‐line therapy with ibrutinib, which unfortunately failed to induce remission. We started a treatment with single‐agent obinutuzumab at a dose of 20 mg on day 1, 50 mg on day 2‐4, 330 mg on day 5, and 1000 mg on day 6. The laboratory analysis showed a rapid decrease of leukocyte count. Four weeks later, we repeated the treatment with obinutuzumab at a dose of 1000 mg q4w and started a therapy with venetoclax at a dose of 400 mg qd, which could be increased to 800 mg qd from the third cycle. This combination therapy was well tolerated. The patient achieved a complete remission (CR) after three cycles of obinutuzumab and venetoclax. To date, the patient has a progression‐free survival of 17 months under ongoing obinutuzumab maintenance q4w. This is the first report about obinutuzumab and venetoclax induced CR in rituximab‐intolerant patient with an ibrutinib‐resistant MCL. This case suggests that obinutuzumab‐ and venetoclax‐based combination therapy might be salvage therapy in patients with ibrutinib‐resistant MCL. KW - mantle cell lymphoma KW - obinutuzumab KW - venetoclax Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-215513 VL - 104 IS - 4 SP - 352 EP - 355 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Xiang A1 - Steinhardt, Maximilian J. A1 - Grathwohl, Denise A1 - Meckel, Katharina A1 - Nickel, Katharina A1 - Leicht, Hans‐Benno A1 - Krummenast, Franziska A1 - Einsele, Hermann A1 - Rasche, Leo A1 - Kortüm, Klaus M. T1 - Multiagent therapy with pomalidomide, bortezomib, doxorubicin, dexamethasone, and daratumumab (“Pom‐PAD‐Dara”) in relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma JF - Cancer Medicine N2 - Background Even in the era of novel immunotherapies for multiple myeloma (MM), treatment of late‐stage relapsed/refractory (RR) patients remains challenging. The aim of our study was to analyze the efficacy and safety of the five‐drug combination pomalidomide, bortezomib, doxorubicin, dexamethasone, and daratumumab (“Pom‐PAD‐Dara”) in RRMM. Methods We retrospectively analyzed data of 56 patients with RRMM who received Pom‐PAD‐Dara between September 2016 and May 2019. Results Patients were heavily pretreated with a median of four prior lines of therapy, including autologous and allogenic stem cell transplant in 50 (89%) and six (11%) patients, respectively. The overall response rate (ORR) was 78% and we observed partial remission, very good partial remission, and complete remission in 27 (48%), 13 (23%) and four (7%) patients, respectively. Median progression‐free survival was 7 months (95% CI, 3.3‐10.7) and the median overall survival was not reached at 24 months. Adverse events grade ≥ 3 were observed 41 (73%) patients and included neutropenia (n = 28, 50%), anemia (n = 22, 39%), thrombocytopenia (n = 21, 38%), and pneumonia (n = 6, 11%). Conclusion Pom‐PAD‐Dara represents a promising multiagent regimen in heavily pretreated RRMM patients with high ORR and an acceptable safety profile. KW - multiple myeloma KW - Pom‐PAD‐Dara KW - refractory KW - relapse Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-218029 VL - 9 IS - 16 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Xiang A1 - Ruckdeschel, Anna A1 - Peter, Jessica A1 - Böckle, David A1 - Hornburger, Hannah A1 - Danhof, Sophia A1 - Steinhardt, Maximilian Johannes A1 - Heimeshoff, Larissa A1 - Einsele, Hermann A1 - Kortüm, Klaus Martin A1 - Rasche, Leo T1 - Salvage therapy with "Dara-KDT-P(A)CE" in heavily pretreated, high-risk, proliferative, relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma JF - Hematological Oncology N2 - The multi-agent therapy “VDT-PACE” represents an established regimen in relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma (RRMM). Here, we report on our experience with a “modified VDT-PACE” incorporating new generation anti-MM agents daratumumab and carfilzomib (“Dara-KDT-P(A)CE”). We retrospectively analyzed 38 patients with RRMM treated with “Dara-KDT-P(A)CE”. The median age was 62 (range 45–82) years, and the patients were heavily pretreated with a median of 5 (range 2–12) prior lines of therapy. Twenty-one (55%) patients suffered from penta-refractory MM. High-risk cytogenetics was present in 31 (81%) patients. The patients received a median of 2 (range 1–10) cycles of this therapy, and the overall response rate (ORR) was 70%. Patients with penta-refractory MM and high-risk cytogenetics showed similar ORR of 65% and 79%, respectively. The median progression-free survival (PFS) and overall survival were 4.1 (95% CI 2.7–5.4) and 8.4 (95% CI 6.7–10.0) months, respectively. Patients with lactate dehydrogenase >250 IU/L showed significantly shorter PFS in comparison with others patients (p = 0.006). We used this regimen as bridging therapy prior to chimeric antigen receptor T-cell infusion in four patients. In conclusion, “Dara-KDT-P(A)CE” is an effective salvage therapy for patients with heavily pretreated, multi-refractory, high-risk RRMM lacking alternative options. KW - Dara-KDT-P(A)CE KW - multiple myeloma KW - refractory KW - salvage Y1 - 2022 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-257495 VL - 40 IS - 2 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Xiang A1 - Rasche, Leo A1 - Kortüm, K. Martin A1 - Danhof, Sophia A1 - Hudecek, Michael A1 - Einsele, Hermann T1 - Toxicities of Chimeric Antigen Receptor T Cell Therapy in Multiple Myeloma: An Overview of Experience From Clinical Trials, Pathophysiology, and Management Strategies JF - Frontiers in Immunology N2 - In the last few years, monoclonal antibodies (mAbs) such as elotuzumab and daratutumab have brought the treatment of multiple myeloma (MM) into the new era of immunotherapy. More recently, chimeric antigen receptor (CAR) modified T cell, a novel cellular immunotherapy, has been developed for treatment of relapsed/refractory (RR) MM, and early phase clinical trials have shown promising efficacy of CAR T cell therapy. Many patients with end stage RRMM regard CAR T cell therapy as their “last chance” and a “hope of cure”. However, severe adverse events (AEs) and even toxic death related to CAR T cell therapy have been observed. The management of AEs related to CAR T cell therapy represents a new challenge, as the pathophysiology is not fully understood and there is still no well-established standard of management. With regard to CAR T cell associated toxicities in MM, in this review, we will provide an overview of experience from clinical trials, pathophysiology, and management strategies. KW - CAR T cell KW - clinical trial KW - multiple myeloma KW - toxicity KW - pathophysiology KW - management Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-219911 SN - 1664-3224 VL - 11 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Xiang A1 - Flüchter, Patricia A1 - Nickel, Katharina A1 - Meckel, Katharina A1 - Messerschmidt, Janin A1 - Böckle, David A1 - Knorz, Sebastian A1 - Steinhardt, Maximilian Johannes A1 - Krummenast, Franziska A1 - Danhof, Sophia A1 - Einsele, Hermann A1 - Kortüm, K. Martin A1 - Rasche, Leo T1 - Carfilzomib based treatment strategies in the management of relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma with extramedullary disease JF - Cancers N2 - Published experience with carfilzomib in patients with relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma (RRMM) and extramedullary disease (EMD) is still limited. The current study aimed to assess the efficacy and safety of carfilzomib containing therapy regimens in EMD. We retrospectively analyzed 45 patients with extramedullary RRMM treated with carfilzomib from June 2013 to September 2019. The median age at the start of carfilzomib was 64 (range 40–80) years. Twenty (44%) and 25 (56%) patients had paraosseous manifestation and EMD without adjacency to bone, respectively. The serological overall response rate (ORR) was 59%. Extramedullary response was evaluable in 33 patients, nine (27%) of them achieved partial remission (PR) (ORR = 27%). In 15 (33%) patients, we observed no extramedullary response despite serological response. The median progression-free survival (PFS) and overall survival (OS) were five (95% CI, 3.5–6.5) and ten (95% CI, 7.5–12.5) months, respectively. EMD without adjacency to bone was associated with a significantly inferior PFS (p = 0.004) and OS (p = 0.04) compared to paraosseous lesions. Carfilzomib based treatment strategies showed some efficacy in heavily pretreated patients with extramedullary RRMM but could not overcome the negative prognostic value of EMD. Due to the discrepancy between serological and extramedullary response, evaluation of extramedullary response using imaging is mandatory in these patients. KW - carfilzomib KW - extramedullary disease KW - multiple myeloma KW - relapse KW - refractory Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-203704 SN - 2072-6694 VL - 12 IS - 4 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Xiang A1 - Dierks, Alexander A1 - Kertels, Olivia A1 - Samnick, Samuel A1 - Kircher, Malte A1 - Buck, Andreas K. A1 - Haertle, Larissa A1 - Knorz, Sebastian A1 - Böckle, David A1 - Scheller, Lukas A1 - Messerschmidt, Janin A1 - Barakat, Mohammad A1 - Truger, Marietta A1 - Haferlach, Claudia A1 - Einsele, Hermann A1 - Rasche, Leo A1 - Kortüm, K. Martin A1 - Lapa, Constantin T1 - The link between cytogenetics/genomics and imaging patterns of relapse and progression in patients with relapsed/refractory multiple myeloma: a pilot study utilizing 18F-FDG PET/CT JF - Cancers N2 - Utilizing 18F-fluorodeoxyglucose (18F-FDG) positron emission tomography (PET)/computed tomography (CT), we performed this pilot study to evaluate the link between cytogenetic/genomic markers and imaging patterns in relapsed/refractory (RR) multiple myeloma (MM). We retrospectively analyzed data of 24 patients with RRMM who were treated at our institution between November 2018 and February 2020. At the last relapse/progression, patients had been treated with a median of three (range 1–10) lines of therapy. Six (25%) patients showed FDG avid extramedullary disease without adjacency to bone. We observed significantly higher maximum standardized uptake values (SUV\(_{max}\)) in patients harboring del(17p) compared with those without del(17p) (p = 0.025). Moreover, a high SUV\(_{max}\) of >15 indicated significantly shortened progression-free survival (PFS) (p = 0.01) and overall survival (OS) (p = 0.0002). One female patient exhibited biallelic TP53 alteration, i.e., deletion and mutation, in whom an extremely high SUV\(_{max}\) of 37.88 was observed. In summary, this pilot study suggested a link between del(17p)/TP53 alteration and high SUV\(_{max}\) on 18F-FDG PET/CT in RRMM patients. Further investigations are highly warranted at this point. KW - radiogenomics KW - 18F-FDG PET/CT KW - multiple myeloma KW - relapse KW - progression KW - pattern Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-211157 SN - 2072-6694 VL - 12 IS - 9 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Xiang A1 - Dierks, Alexander A1 - Kertels, Olivia A1 - Kircher, Malte A1 - Schirbel, Andreas A1 - Samnick, Samuel A1 - Buck, Andreas K. A1 - Knorz, Sebastian A1 - Böckle, David A1 - Scheller, Lukas A1 - Messerschmidt, Janin A1 - Barakat, Mohammad A1 - Kortüm, K. Martin A1 - Rasche, Leo A1 - Einsele, Hermann A1 - Lapa, Constantin T1 - 18F-FDG, 11C-Methionine, and 68Ga-Pentixafor PET/CT in patients with smoldering multiple myeloma: imaging pattern and clinical features JF - Cancers N2 - This study aimed to explore the correlation between imaging patterns and clinical features in patients with smoldering multiple myeloma (SMM) who simultaneously underwent 18F-FDG, 11C-Methionine, and 68Ga-Pentixafor positron emission tomography/computed tomography (PET/CT). We retrieved and analyzed clinical characteristics and PET imaging data of 10 patients with SMM. We found a significant correlation between bone marrow (BM) plasma cell (PC) infiltration and mean standardized uptake values (SUV\(_{mean}\)) of lumbar vertebrae L2-L4 on 11C-Methionine PET/CT scans (r = 0.676, p = 0.031) and 68Ga-Pentixafor PET/CT scans (r = 0.839, p = 0.002). However, there was no significant correlation between BM involvement and SUV\(_{mean}\) of lumbar vertebrae L2-L4 on 18F-FDG PET/CT scans (r = 0.558, p = 0.093). Similarly, mean target-to-background ratios (TBR\(_{mean}\)) of lumbar vertebrae L2-L4 also correlated with bone marrow plasma cell (BMPC) infiltration in 11C-Methionine PET/CT (r = 0.789, p = 0.007) and 68Ga-Pentixafor PET/CT (r = 0.724, p = 0.018) PET/CT. In contrast, we did not observe a significant correlation between BMPC infiltration rate and TBR\(_{mean}\) in 18F-FDG PET/CT (r = 0.355, p = 0.313). Additionally, on 11C-Methionine PET/CT scans, we found a significant correlation between BMPC infiltration and TBR\(_{max}\) of lumbar vertebrae L2-L4 (r = 0.642, p = 0.045). In conclusion, 11C-Methionine and 68Ga-Pentixafor PET/CT demonstrate higher sensitivity than 18F-FDG PET/CT in detecting BM involvement in SMM. KW - 18F-FDG PET/CT KW - 11C-Methionine PET/CT KW - 68Ga-Pentixafor PET/CT KW - smoldering myeloma Y1 - 2020 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-211240 SN - 2072-6694 VL - 12 IS - 8 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Xiang A1 - Bai, Tao A1 - Meckel, Katharina A1 - Song, Jun A1 - Jin, Yu A1 - Kortüm, Martin K. A1 - Eisele, Hermann A1 - Hou, Xiaohua A1 - Rasche, Leo T1 - COVID-19 infection in patients with multiple myeloma: a German-Chinese experience from Würzburg and Wuhan JF - Annals of Hematology N2 - No abstract available. KW - COVID-19 KW - patients with multiple myeloma Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-235108 SN - 0939-5555 VL - 100 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhou, Sijie A1 - Allison, Brendan Z. A1 - Kübler, Andrea A1 - Cichocki, Andrzej A1 - Wang, Xingyu A1 - Jin, Jing T1 - Effects of Background Music on Objective and Subjective Performance Measures in an Auditory BCI JF - Frontiers in Computational Neuroscience N2 - Several studies have explored brain computer interface (BCI) systems based on auditory stimuli, which could help patients with visual impairments. Usability and user satisfaction are important considerations in any BCI. Although background music can influence emotion and performance in other task environments, and many users may wish to listen to music while using a BCI, auditory, and other BCIs are typically studied without background music. Some work has explored the possibility of using polyphonic music in auditory BCI systems. However, this approach requires users with good musical skills, and has not been explored in online experiments. Our hypothesis was that an auditory BCI with background music would be preferred by subjects over a similar BCI without background music, without any difference in BCI performance. We introduce a simple paradigm (which does not require musical skill) using percussion instrument sound stimuli and background music, and evaluated it in both offline and online experiments. The result showed that subjects preferred the auditory BCI with background music. Different performance measures did not reveal any significant performance effect when comparing background music vs. no background. Since the addition of background music does not impair BCI performance but is preferred by users, auditory (and perhaps other) BCIs should consider including it. Our study also indicates that auditory BCIs can be effective even if the auditory channel is simultaneously otherwise engaged. KW - brain computer interface KW - event-related potentials KW - auditory KW - music background KW - audio stimulus Y1 - 2016 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-165101 VL - 10 IS - 105 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhou, Qingchun T1 - Molecular analysis of the sex-determining region of the Y chromosome in the platyfish Xiphophorus maculatus T1 - Molekulare Analyse der geschlechtsbestimmenden Region des Y Chromosoms von Xiphophorus maculatus N2 - A large variety of sex determination systems have been described in fish. However, almost no information is available about sex determination in the classical fish models, the zebrafish Danio rerio and the pufferfish Takifugu rubripes. A DNA-binding protein gene called dmrt1bY (or DMY) has been recently described as an outstanding candidate for the primary sex-determining gene in the medaka fish Oryzias latipes. But this gene is not the universal master sex-determining gene in teleost fish, since dmrt1bY is not found in most other fishes. Hence, other fish models need to be examined including the platyfish Xiphophorus maculatus. Xiphophorus maculatus has three types of sex chromosomes (X, Y and W; females are XX, WX or WY; males are XY or YY). Its gonosomes are at an early stage of differentiation. The sex-determining locus on the sex chromosomes is flanked by two receptor tyrosine kinase genes, the Xmrk oncogene and its protooncogenic progenitor gene egfrb, which both delimit a region of about 0.6 centiMorgans. This situation should allow the positional cloning of the sex-determining gene (SD) of the platyfish. For this purpose, Bacterial Artificial Chromosome (BAC) contigs were assembled from a BAC library of XY males constructed in our laboratory, using the oncogene Xmrk, egfrb, as well as a Y-specific pseudogene called ps-criptY as starting points. The ps-criptY sequence was found to be closely linked to the SD gene, since no recombination was observed between SD and ps-criptY in more than 400 individuals tested. Two major BAC contigs for the X chromosome (about 2.5 Mb) and three major BAC contigs for the Y chromosome (about 3.5 Mb) were built up and analyzed by strategic sequencing. These are some of the largest contigs ever assembled for the sex chromosomes of a non-mammalian vertebrate species. The molecular analysis of the ps-criptY contig was the major objective of this work. The Y-specific ps-criptY contig has been extended over 1 Mb in this work with 58 identified molecular markers. Approximatively 700 kb of non-redundant sequences has been obtained from this contig by strategic sequencing. Numerous Y-linked markers from the contig including ps-criptY were also detected on the X chromosome. Nevertheless, major structural differences were observed between the X and Y chromosomes. Particularly, a large region, which is present at one copy on the X chromosome and contains several candidate genes, was found to be duplicated on the Y chromosome. Evidence for an inversion in the sex-determining region and for the Y-specific accumulation of a repeated sequence called XIR was also obtained. Such events might correspond to an initiation of differentiation between both types of gonosomes. Accumulation of transposable elements was also observed in the ps-criptY contig. A DNA transposable element, helitron, was isolated from the sex-determining region of X. maculatus. Three copies of helitron are located on the ps-criptY contig and one copy on the X-linked contig (helitron has roughly 15 copies per haploid genome). No in-frame stop codon, truncation or intron was found in these four copies, which present high nucleotide identities to each other. This suggests that helitron elements might be active or have been recently active in X. maculatus. A consensus open reading frame of helitron was also assembled from medaka (Oryzias latipes) genomic sequences. Two candidate genes from the ps-criptY contig are also located on the W chromosome in the X. maculatus Usumacinta strain (heterogamety). These markers show the relationship between the different types of gonosomes and allow to compare the male and female heterogameties in the platyfish. Several gene candidates were identified in the ps-criptY contig. However, some of them such as msh2, cript, igd and acr probably correspond to pseudogenes. Interestingly, a novel gene, called swimy, is exclusively expressed in spermatogonia of the adult testis. Swimy is a gene encoding a DNA-binding protein with several putative DNA-binding domains. The data suggest that swimy is a very promising candidate for the master SD gene. Another novel gene, which is called fredi and encodes a novel helix-turn-helix protein, is predominately expressed in the adult testis and currently under scrutiny. There is no doubt that the master SD gene of X. maculatus will be identified by positional cloning. Further molecular analysis of the contigs built in this work will shed new light on the molecular mechanism of sex determination and the evolution of sex chromosomes in fish. N2 - In Fischen wurde eine große Anzahl Geschlechtsbestimmungssysteme beschrieben. Allerdings gibt es kaum Informationen über die Geschlechtsbestimmung der klassischen Modellorganismen, des Zebrafisches Danio rerio und des Pufferfisches Takifugu rubripes. Das für ein DNA-bindendes Protein kodierende Gen dmrt1bY (oder DMY) wurde kürzlich als ein herausragender Kandidat für das primäre Geschlechts-bestimmungsgen im Medaka Oryzias latipes beschrieben. Dieses Gen ist jedoch nicht das universelle Geschlechtsbestimmungsgen der echten Knochenfische (Teleostei), da dmrt1bY in den meisten anderen Fischen nicht identifiziert werden konnte. Deshalb dienen andere Fische wie der Platy Xiphophorus maculatus als Modelle. Xiphophorus maculatus besitzt drei Geschlechtschromosomen X, Y und W in einem frühen Stadium der Differenzierung (Weibchen sind XX, WX oder WY, Männchen XY oder YY). Der geschlechtsbestimmende Locus wird flankiert von zwei Rezeportyrosinkinase-Genen, dem Onkogen Xmrk und seinem Vorläufer, dem Proto-onkogen egfrb. Sie markieren eine Region von ca. 0.6 centiMorgan, was die positionelle Klonierung des geschlechtsbestimmenden Gens SD des Platys erlauben sollte. Zu diesem Zweck wurden BAC- (Bacterial Artificial Chromosome-) Contigs der X- und Y-Chromosomen aus einer genomischen Bibliothek erstellt, wobei Xmrk, egfrb und das Y-spezifische Pseudogen ps-criptY als Startpunkte gewählt wurden. Ps-criptY ist eng an SD gekoppelt, wie die Analyse von über 400 Individuen zeigte. Zwei BAC-Contigs des X-Chromosoms (ca. 2.5 Mb) und drei BAC-Contigs des Y-Chromosoms (ca. 3.5 Mb) wurden erstellt und durch strategisches Sequenzieren analysiert. Dies sind einige der größten geschlechtschromosomalen Contigs, die je für eine Wirbeltierart außerhalb der Säuger erstellt wurden. Der Aufbau und die molekulare Analyse des BAC-Contigs um ps-criptY war Hauptziel dieser Arbeit. Dieses Y-spezifische Contig wurde durch die Analyse von 58 molekularen Markern in dieser Arbeit um über eine Megabase erweitert. Fast 700 kb nicht-redundanter Sequenz konnten durch strategisches Sequenzieren analysiert werden. Obwohl eine Vielzahl von Markern des Y-Chromosoms inklusive ps-criptY ebenfalls auf dem X-Chromosom detektiert wurden, konnten große strukturelle Unterschiede der Geschlechtschromosomen nachgewiesen werden. Im besonderen konnte die Duplikation einer großen Region des X-Chromosoms, die mehrere Genkandidaten enthält, auf dem Y-Chromosom gezeigt werden. Außerdem konnte die Inversion dieser Region inklusive einer Akkumulation der repetitiven Sequenz XIR konnte belegt werden. Solche Ereignisse entsprechen einer beginnenden Differenzierung zwischen heteromorphen Geschlechtschromosomen. Außerdem wurde die Akkumulation transposabler Elemente im ps-criptY-Contig beobachtet. Eines dieser Elemente, helitron, konnte aus der geschlechtsbestimmenden Region von X. maculatus isoliert werden. Von den vier Kopien der geschlechts-bestimmenden Region (3 Kopien im ps-criptY-Contig des Y-Chromosoms, 1 Kopie im Xmrk-Contig des X-Chromosoms, 15 im gesamten Genom) enthielt keine ein vorzeitiges Stop-Codon, Unterbrechung oder sonstige Störung des offenen Leserasters. Dies könnte darauf hinweisen, dass die helitron-Elemente in X. maculatus noch aktiv sind oder bis vor kurzem waren. Ein Konsensus-ORF des helitron-Elements konnte auch aus Datenbank-Sequenzen des Medaka (Oryzias latipes) erstellt werden. Zwei Genkandidaten des ps-criptY-Contigs konnten auch auf dem W-Chromosom von X. maculatus (Rio Usumacinta, weibliche Heterogametie) nachgewiesen werden. Diese Marker zeigen die enge Beziehung zwischen den Geschlechtschromosomen des Platys und ermöglichen eine detaillierte Untersuchung von männlicher und weiblicher Heterogametie im Platy. Verschiedene Genkandidaten konnten im ps-criptY-Contig identifiziert werden. Allerdings zeigte die Analyse, dass einige davon, wie msh2, cript, igd und acr Pseudogene darstellen. Interessanterweise ist eines dieser Gene, swimy, ausschließlich in Spermatogonien exprimiert. Dieses neue Gen kodiert für ein Protein mit mehreren DNA-bindenden Domänen. Diese Daten machen swimy zu einem vielversprechenden Kandidaten für SD. Ein weiteres neues Gen, fredi, kodiert für ein Helix-Loop-Helix Protein, ist ebenfalls im adulten Hoden exprimiert und wird gerade eingehender analysiert. Zweifellos wird das geschlechtsbestimmende Gen in X. maculatus durch positionelle Klonierung identifiziert werden. Weitergehende molekulare Analysen der geschlechtschromosomalen Contigs werden Licht in die molekularen Grundlagen der Geschlechtsbestimmung und die Evolution der Geschlechtschromosomen in Fischen bringen. KW - Platy KW - Geschlechtsbestimmung KW - Y-Chromosom KW - Genanalyse KW - Xiphophorus maculatus KW - Geschlechtsbestimmung KW - Y Chromosome KW - Xiphophorus maculatus KW - Sex determination KW - Y chromosome Y1 - 2005 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-13827 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zheng, Peilin T1 - Ptpn22 silencing in the NOD model of type 1 diabetes indicates the human susceptibility allele of PTPN22 is a gain-of-function variant T1 - Ptpn22 knockdown im NOD Modell für Diabetes Typ 1 belegt einen Aktivitätsgewinn der humanen Krankheitsvariante N2 - PTPN22 encodes the lymphoid tyrosine phosphatase Lyp that can dephosphorylate Lck, ZAP-70 and Fyn to attenuate TCR signaling. A single-nucleotide polymorphism (C1858T) causes a substitution from arginine (R) to tryptophan (W) at 620 residue (R620W). Lyp-620W has been confirmed as a susceptible allele in multiple autoimmune diseases, including type 1 diabetes (T1D). Several independent studies proposed that the disease-associated allele is a gain-of-function variant. However, a recent report found that in human cells and a knockin mouse containing the R620W homolog that Ptpn22 protein degradation is accelerated, indicating Lyp-620W is a loss-of-function variant. Whether Lyp R620W is a gain- or loss-of-function variant remains controversial. To resolve this issue, we generated two lines (P2 and P4) of nonobese diabetic (NOD) mice in which Ptpn22 can be inducibly silenced by RNAi. We found long term silencing of Ptpn22 increased spleen cellularity and regulatory T (Treg) cell numbers, replicating the effect of gene deletion reported in the knockout (KO) B6 mice. Notably, Ptpn22 silencing also increased the reactivity and apoptotic behavior of B lymphocytes, which is consistent with the reduced reactivity and apoptosis of human B cells carrying the alleged gain-of-function PTPN22 allele. Furthermore, loss of Ptpn22 protected P2 KD mice from spontaneous and Cyclophosphamide (CY) induced diabetes. Our data support the notion that Lyp-620W is a gain-of-function variant. Moreover, Lyp may be a valuable target for the treatment of autoimmune diseases. N2 - PTPN22 kodiert die lymphoid tyrosine phosphatase Lyp, die Lck, ZAP-70 und Fyn dephosphorilieren kann, um T Zell Rezeptor Signale zu vermindern. Ein Polymorphismus (C1858T) verursacht einen Aminosäurenaustausch auf Position 620 von Arginin zu Tryptophan (R620W). Lyp-620W erhöht das Risiko einer Vielfalt von Autoimmunerkrankungen, darunter auch Diabetes Typ 1 (T1D). Mehrere Studien haben belegt, dass dieses Krankheitsallel die Funktion von Lyp verstärkt. Eine neuere Studie hat andererseits gezeigt, dass die R620W Variante schneller degradiert wird, was bedeuten würde, dass das C1858T Allel einen Funktionsverlust verursachen könnte. Ob Lyp R620W die Funktion dieser Phosphatase erhöht oder mindert bleibt demnach bis jetzt ungewiss. Um diese Frage zu klären haben wir zwei transgene Mauslinien (P2 und P4) im diabetischen Hintergrund der NOD Maus generiert, in denen Ptpn22 auf induzierbare Weise durch RNAi gehemmt werden kann. Unsere Ergebnisse zeigen, dass die langfristige Hemmung von Ptpn22 zu einer Zunahme der Milzzellularität und der Anzahl regulatorischer T Zellen führt, was dem Phänotyp des Ptpn22 knockout im B6 Hintergrund entspricht. Bemerkenswert ist, dass die Hemmung von Ptpn22 auch zu einer Zunahme der Reaktivität und des apoptotischen Verhaltens von B Lymphozyten führt, also dem entgegengesetzten Phänotypen, der in menschlichen B Zellen beobachtet wurde, die das Krankheitsallel exprimierten. Zusätzlich konnte die Ptpn22 Inhibierung NOD Mäuse vor spontanem und Cyclophosphamid-induziertem Diabetes schützen. Unsere Daten unterstützen also die Hypothese, dass Lyp-620W eine stärkere Aktivität vorweist. Dies würde auch bedeuten, dass Ptpn22 möglicherweise zu therapeutischen Zwecken inhibiert werden könnte, um Autoimmunerkrankungen zu bekämpfen. KW - Diabetes mellitus KW - Typ 1 KW - Genexpression KW - Ptpn22 KW - Diabetes Typ 1 KW - Type 1 diabetes KW - PTPN22 Y1 - 2012 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-73869 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhao, Suting T1 - Symmetry Resolution of Entanglement in Holography T1 - Symmetrieaufgelöste Verschränkung in Holographie N2 - This thesis investigates the charged moments and the symmetry-resolved entanglement entropy in the context of the AdS3/CFT2 duality. In the first part, I focus on the holographic U(1) Chern-Simons-Einstein gravity, a toy model of AdS3/CFT2 with U(1) Kac-Moody symmetry. I start with the vacuum background with a single entangling interval. I show that, apart from a partition function in the grand canonical ensemble, the charged moments can also be interpreted as the two-point function of vertex operators on the replica surface. For the holographic description, I propose a duality between the bulk U(1) Wilson line and the boundary vertex operators. I verify this duality by deriving the effective action for the Chern-Simons fields and comparing the result with the vertex correlator. In the twist field approach, I show that the charged moments are given by the correlation function of the charged twist operators and the additional background operators. To solve the correlation functions involved, I prove the factorization of the U(1) extended conformal block into a U(1) block and a Virasoro block. The general expression for the U(1) block is derived by directly summing over the current descendant states, and the result shows that it takes an identical form as the vertex correlators. This leads to the conclusion that the disjoint Wilson lines compute the neutral U(1) block. The final result for the symmetry-resolved entanglement entropy shows that it is always charge-independent in this model. In the second part, I study charged moments in higher spin holography, where the boundary theory is a CFT with W3 symmetry. I define the notion of the higher spin charged moments by introducing a spin-3 modular charge operator. Restricting to the vacuum background with a single entangling interval, I employ the grand canonical ensemble interpretation and calculate the charged moments via the known higher spin black hole solution. On the CFT side, I perform a perturbative expansion for the higher spin charged moments in terms of the connected correlation functions of the spin-3 modular charge operators. Using the recursion relation for the correlation functions of the W3 currents, I evaluate the charged moments up to the quartic order of the chemical potential. The final expression matches with the holographic result. My results both for U(1) Chern-Simons Einstein gravity and W3 higher spin gravity constitute novel checks of the AdS3/CFT2 correspondence. N2 - Diese Arbeit untersucht die Symmetrie-aufgelöste Verschränkungsentropie im Kontext der AdS3/CFT2-Dualität. Im ersten Teil konzentriere ich mich auf die holographische U(1) Chern-Simons-Einstein- Gravitations-Theorie, welches ein Spielzeugmodell für AdS3/CFT2 mit U(1) Kac-Moody-Symmetrie ist. Ich beginne mit dem Vakuumhintergrund mit einem einzigen Verschränkungsintervall. Ich zeige, dass neben einer Partitionsfunktion im großen kanonischen Ensemble die geladenen Momente auch als Zweipunktfunktion von Vertex-Operatoren auf der Replikationsoberfläche interpretiert werden können. Für deren holographische Beschreibung wähle ich eine Dualität zwischen der Bulk U(1) Wilson-Linie und den Randvertexoperatoren. Diese Dualität verifiziere ich, indem ich die effektive Wirkung für die Chern-Simons-Felder herleite und das Ergebnis mit dem Vertex-Korrelator vergleiche. Im Twist-Field-Ansatz zeige ich, dass die geladenen Momente durch die Korrelationsfunktion der geladenen Twist-Operatoren und der zusätzlichen Hintergrundoperatoren gegeben sind. Um die beteiligten Korrelationsfunktionen zu lösen, beweise ich die Faktorisierung des U(1) erweiterten konformen Blocks in einen U(1)-Block und einen Virasoro- Block. Der allgemeine Ausdruck für den U(1) Block wird direkt durch die Summierung über alle Absteigerzustände hergeleitet. Das erzielte Ergebnis hat tatsächlich die gleiche Form wie die Vertex-Korrelatoren hat. Dies führt zur Schlussfolgerung, dass die getrennten Wilson-Linien den neutralen U(1) Block berechnen. Das Endergebnis für die Symmetrieaufgelöste Verschränkungsentropie zeigt, dass sie in diesem Modell immer ladungsunabhängig ist. Im zweiten Teil untersuche ich geladene Momente in der Holographie höherer Spins, wobei die Randtheorie eine CFT mit W3 Symmetrie ist. Ich definiere das Konzept der geladenen Momente höheren Spins, indem ich einen Spin-3-modularen Ladungsoperator einführe.Wenn ich mich auf den Vakuum-Hintergrund mit einem einzelnen Verschränkungsintervall beschränke, nutze ich die Interpretation des großkanonischen Ensembles und berechne die geladenen Momente mithilfe der bekannten Lösung für das schwarze Loch höheren Spins. Auf der CFT-Seite führe ich eine perturbative Expansion für die höheren spingeladenen Momente in Bezug auf die verbundenen Korrelationsfunktionen der modularen Spin-3-Ladungsoperatoren durch. Unter Verwendung der Rekursionsrelationen für die Korrelationsfunktionen der W3-Ströme werte ich die geladenen Momente bis zur quartischen Ordnung des chemischen Potenzials aus. Das endgültige Ergebnis stimmt mit dem holographischen Ergebnis überein. Meine Ergebnisse für U(1) Chern-Simons-Einstein-Gravitation und W3 höhere Spingravitation stellen neuartige Überprüfungen des AdS3/CFT2 dar Korrespondenz. KW - AdS-CFT-Korrespondenz KW - Gauge/Gravity Duality KW - Symmetry Resolution KW - Quantum Information Y1 - 2024 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-363854 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhao, De-Wei A1 - Yu, Mang A1 - Hu, Kai A1 - Wang, Wei A1 - Yang, Lei A1 - Wang, Ben-Jie A1 - Gao, Xiao-Hong A1 - Guo, Yong-Ming A1 - Xu, Yong-Qing A1 - Wei, Yu-Shan A1 - Tian, Si-Miao A1 - Yang, Fan A1 - Wang, Nan A1 - Huang, Shi-Bo A1 - Xie, Hui A1 - Wei, Xiao-Wei A1 - Jiang, Hai-Shen A1 - Zang, Yu-Qiang A1 - Ai, Jun A1 - Chen, Yuan-Liang A1 - Lei, Guang-Hua A1 - Li, Yu-Jin A1 - Tian, Geng A1 - Li, Zong-Sheng A1 - Cao, Yong A1 - Ma, Li T1 - Prevalence of Nontraumatic Osteonecrosis of the Femoral Head and its Associated Risk Factors in the Chinese Population: Results from a Nationally Representative Survey JF - Chinese Medical Journal N2 - Background: Nontraumatic osteonecrosis of the femoral head (NONFH) is a debilitating disease that represents a significant financial burden for both individuals and healthcare systems. Despite its significance, however, its prevalence in the Chinese general population remains unknown. This study aimed to investigate the prevalence of NONFH and its associated risk factors in the Chinese population. Methods: A nationally representative survey of 30,030 respondents was undertaken from June 2012 to August 2013. All participants underwent a questionnaire investigation, physical examination of hip, and bilateral hip joint X-ray and/or magnetic resonance imaging examination. Blood samples were taken after overnight fasting to test serum total cholesterol, triglyceride, and high-density lipoprotein (HDL) and low-density lipoprotein (LDL) levels. We then used multivariate logistic regression analysis to investigate the associations between various metabolic, demographic, and lifestyle-related variables and NONFH. Results: NONFH was diagnosed in 218 subjects (0.725%) and the estimated NONFH cases were 8.12 million among Chinese people aged 15 years and over. The prevalence of NONFH was significantly higher in males than in females (1.02% vs. 0.51%, \(\chi^2\) = 24.997, P < 0.001). Among NONFH patients, North residents were subjected to higher prevalence of NONFH than that of South residents (0.85% vs. 0.61%, \(\chi^2\) = 5.847, P = 0.016). Our multivariate regression analysis showed that high blood levels of triglycerides, total cholesterol, LDL-cholesterol, and non-HDL-cholesterol, male, urban residence, family history of osteonecrosis of the femoral head, heavy smoking, alcohol abuse and glucocorticoid intake, overweight, and obesity were all significantly associated with an increased risk of NONFH. Conclusions: Our findings highlight that NONFH is a significant public health challenge in China and underscore the need for policy measures on the national level. Furthermore, NONFH shares a number of risk factors with atherosclerosis. KW - nontraumatic osteonecrosis of the femoral head KW - risk factors KW - idiopathic osteonecrosis KW - early-stage osteonecrosis KW - implantation KW - bone KW - marrow KW - follow-up KW - intake KW - avascular necrosis KW - occupational-status KW - cigarette smoking KW - alcohol KW - prevalence Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-138482 VL - 128 IS - 21 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhao, Bo A1 - Zhang, Keya A1 - Bhuripanyo, Karan A1 - Choi, Chan Hee J. A1 - Villhauer, Eric B. A1 - Li, Heng A1 - Zheng, Ning A1 - Kiyokawa, Hiroaki A1 - Schindelin, Hermann A1 - Yin, Jun T1 - Profiling the Cross Reactivity of Ubiquitin with the Nedd8 Activating Enzyme by Phage Display JF - PLoS ONE N2 - The C-terminal peptides of ubiquitin (UB) and UB-like proteins (UBLs) play a key role in their recognition by the specific activating enzymes (E1s) to launch their transfer through the respective enzymatic cascades thus modifying cellular proteins. UB and Nedd8, a UBL regulating the activity of cullin-RING UB ligases, only differ by one residue at their C-termini; yet each has its specific E1 for the activation reaction. It has been reported recently that UAE can cross react with Nedd8 to enable its passage through the UB transfer cascade for protein neddylation. To elucidate differences in UB recognition by UAE and NAE, we carried out phage selection of a UB library with randomized C-terminal sequences based on the catalytic formation of UB similar to NAE thioester conjugates. Our results confirmed the previous finding that residue 72 of UB plays a "gate-keeping" role in E1 selectivity. We also found that diverse sequences flanking residue 72 at the UB C-terminus can be accommodated by NAE for activation. Furthermore heptameric peptides derived from the C-terminal sequences of UB variants selected for NAE activation can function as mimics of Nedd8 to form thioester conjugates with NAE and the downstream E2 enzyme Ubc12 in the Nedd8 transfer cascade. Once the peptides are charged onto the cascade enzymes, the full-length Nedd8 protein is effectively blocked from passing through the cascade for the critical modification of cullin. We have thus identified a new class of inhibitors of protein neddylation based on the profiles of the UB C-terminal sequences recognized by NAE. KW - protein NEDD8 KW - E1 KW - system KW - conjugation KW - pathway KW - complex KW - ligases KW - purification KW - neddylation KW - expression Y1 - 2013 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-128479 SN - 1932-6203 VL - 8 IS - e70312 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhang, Yonghong A1 - Zheng, Lanlan A1 - Zheng, Yan A1 - Zhou, Chao A1 - Huang, Ping A1 - Xiao, Xiao A1 - Zhao, Yongheng A1 - Hao, Xincai A1 - Hu, Zhubing A1 - Chen, Qinhua A1 - Li, Hongliang A1 - Wang, Xuanbin A1 - Fukushima, Kenji A1 - Wang, Guodong A1 - Li, Chen T1 - Assembly and Annotation of a Draft Genome of the Medicinal Plant Polygonum cuspidatum JF - Frontiers in Plant Science N2 - Polygonum cuspidatum (Japanese knotweed, also known as Huzhang in Chinese), a plant that produces bioactive components such as stilbenes and quinones, has long been recognized as important in traditional Chinese herbal medicine. To better understand the biological features of this plant and to gain genetic insight into the biosynthesis of its natural products, we assembled a draft genome of P. cuspidatum using Illumina sequencing technology. The draft genome is ca. 2.56 Gb long, with 71.54% of the genome annotated as transposable elements. Integrated gene prediction suggested that the P. cuspidatum genome encodes 55,075 functional genes, including 6,776 gene families that are conserved in the five eudicot species examined and 2,386 that are unique to P. cuspidatum. Among the functional genes identified, 4,753 are predicted to encode transcription factors. We traced the gene duplication history of P. cuspidatum and determined that it has undergone two whole-genome duplication events about 65 and 6.6 million years ago. Roots are considered the primary medicinal tissue, and transcriptome analysis identified 2,173 genes that were expressed at higher levels in roots compared to aboveground tissues. Detailed phylogenetic analysis demonstrated expansion of the gene family encoding stilbene synthase and chalcone synthase enzymes in the phenylpropanoid metabolic pathway, which is associated with the biosynthesis of resveratrol, a pharmacologically important stilbene. Analysis of the draft genome identified 7 abscisic acid and water deficit stress-induced protein-coding genes and 14 cysteine-rich transmembrane module genes predicted to be involved in stress responses. The draft de novo genome assembly produced in this study represents a valuable resource for the molecular characterization of medicinal compounds in P. cuspidatum, the improvement of this important medicinal plant, and the exploration of its abiotic stress resistance. KW - genome assembly KW - resveratrol biosynthesis KW - whole-genome duplication KW - medicinal plant KW - stress tolerance KW - Polygonum cuspidatum Y1 - 2019 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-189279 SN - 1664-462X VL - 10 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhang, Yi A1 - Lee, Chil-Woo A1 - Wehner, Nora A1 - Imdahl, Fabian A1 - Svetlana, Veselova A1 - Weiste, Christoph A1 - Dröge-Laser, Wolfgang A1 - Deeken, Rosalia T1 - Regulation of Oncogene Expression in T-DNA-Transformed Host Plant Cells JF - PLoS Pathogens N2 - Virulent Agrobacterium tumefaciens strains integrate their T-DNA into the plant genome where the encoded agrobacterial oncogenes are expressed and cause crown gall disease. Essential for crown gall development are IaaH (indole-3-acetamide hydrolase), IaaM (tryptophan monooxygenase) and Ipt (isopentenyl transferase), which encode enzymes for the biosynthesis of auxin (IaaH, IaaM) and cytokinin (Ipt). Although these oncogenes are well studied as the tumor-inducing principle, nothing is known about the regulation of oncogene expression in plant cells. Our studies show that the intergenic regions (IGRs) between the coding sequences (CDS) of the three oncogenes function as promoters in plant cells. These promoters possess a eukaryotic sequence organization and cis-regulatory elements for the binding of plant transcription factors. WRKY18, WRKY40, WRKY60 and ARF5 were identified as activators of the Ipt promoter whereas IaaH and IaaM is constitutively expressed and no transcription factor further activates their promoters. Consistent with these results, the wrky triple mutant plants in particular, develops smaller crown galls than wild-type and exhibits a reduced Ipt transcription, despite the presence of an intact ARF5 gene. WRKY40 and WRKY60 gene expression is induced by A. tumefaciens within a few hours whereas the ARF5 gene is transcribed later during crown gall development. The WRKY proteins interact with ARF5 in the plant nucleus, but only WRKY40 together with ARF5 synergistically boosts the activation of the Ipt promoter in an auxin-dependent manner. From our data, we propose that A. tumefaciens initially induces WRKY40 gene expression as a pathogen defense response of the host cell. The WRKY protein is recruited to induce Ipt expression, which initiates cytokinin-dependent host cell division. With increasing auxin levels triggered by ubiquitous expression of IaaH and IaaM, ARF5 is activated and interacts with WRKY40 to potentiate Ipt expression and balance cytokinin and auxin levels for further cell proliferation. KW - luminescence KW - oncogenes KW - agrobacterium tumefaciens KW - transcription factors KW - auxins KW - gene expression KW - cytokinins KW - plant cells Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-125256 VL - 11 IS - 1 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhang, Yi T1 - Regulation of Agrobacterial Oncogene Expression in Host Plants T1 - Regulierung der Expression der Onkogene aus Agrobakterien in Wirtspflanzen N2 - Virulent Agrobacterium tumefaciens strains transfer and integrate a DNA region of the tumor-inducing (Ti) plasmid, the T-DNA, into the plant genome and thereby cause crown gall disease. The most essential genes required for crown gall development are the T-DNA-encoded oncogenes, IaaH (indole-3-acetamide hydrolase), IaaM (tryptophan monooxygenase) for auxin, and Ipt (isopentenyl transferase) for cytokinin biosynthesis. When these oncogenes are expressed in the host cell, the levels of auxin and cytokinin increase and cause cell proliferation. The aim of this study was to unravel the molecular mechanisms, which regulate expression of the agrobacterial oncogenes in plant cells. Transcripts of the three oncogenes were expressed in Arabidopsis thaliana crown galls induced by A. tumefaciens strain C58 and the intergenic regions (IGRs) between their coding sequences (CDS) were proven to have promoter activity in plant cells. These promoters possess eukaryotic sequence structures and contain cis-regulatory elements for the binding of plant transcription factors. The high-throughput protoplast transactivation (PTA) system was used and identified the Arabidopsis thaliana transcription factors WRKY18, WRKY40, WRKY60 and ARF5 to activate the Ipt oncogene promoter. No transcription factor promoted the activity of the IaaH and IaaM promoters, despite the fact that the sequences contained binding elements for type B ARR transcription factors. Likewise, the treatment of Arabidopsis mesophyll protoplasts with cytokinin (trans-zeatin) and auxin (1-NAA) exerted no positive effect on IaaH and IaaM promoter activity. In contrast, the Ipt promoter strongly responded to a treatment with auxin and only modestly to cytokinin. The three Arabidopsis WRKYs play a role in crown gall development as the wrky mutants developed smaller crown galls than wild-type plants. The WRKY40 and WRKY60 genes responded very quickly to pathogen infection, two and four hours post infection, respectively. Transcription of the WRKY18 gene was induced upon buffer infiltration, which implicates a response to wounding. The three WRKY proteins interacted with ARF5 and with each other in the plant nucleus, but only WRKY40 together with ARF5 increased activation of the Ipt promoter. Moreover, ARF5 activated the Ipt promoter in an auxin-dependent manner. The severe developmental phenotype of the arf5 mutant prevented studies on crown gall development, nevertheless, the reduced crown gall growth on the transport inhibitor response 1 (TIR1) tir1 mutant, lacking the auxin sensor, suggested that auxin signaling is required for optimal crown gall development. In conclusion, A. tumefaciens recruits the pathogen defense related WRKY40 pathway to activate Ipt expression in T-DNA-transformed plant cells. IaaH and IaaM gene expression seems not to be controlled by transcriptional activators, but the increasing auxin levels are signaled via ARF5. The auxin-depended activation of ARF5 boosts expression of the Ipt gene in combination with WRKY40 to increase cytokinin levels and induce crown gall development. N2 - Virulente Bakterien des Stamms Agrobakterium tumefaciens, transferieren und integrieren einen Teil ihrer DNA, die T-DNA aus dem Tumor induzierenden Plasmid (Ti), in das Pflanzengenom. Dadurch wird die Tumorbildung induziert und die Krankheit bricht aus. Die wichtigsten Gene, die für die Entwicklung eines Tumors benötigt werden, sind auf der T-DNA lokalisierte Onkogene: IaaH (indole-3-aceetamide hydrolase), IaaM (tryptophan monooxygenase) für die Auxin Biosynthese und Ipt (isopentenyl transferase) für die Cytokinin Biosynthese. Werden diese Onkogene in der Wirtszelle exprimiert, steigt der Gehalt an Auxin und Cytokinin und fördert die Zellteilung. Das Ziel dieser Arbeit war es die molekularen Mechanismen, die die Expression der agrobakteriellen Onkogene in Pflanzenzellen regulieren, aufzuklären. Transkripte der drei Onkogene wurden in Tumoren an Arabidopsis thaliana exprimiert. Die Tumore wurden durch den A. tumefaciens Stamm C58 induziert. Dabei konnte gezeigt werden, dass die Sequenzabschnitte zwischen den Onkogenen (IGRs: intergenic regions) eine Promoteraktivität in der Pflanzenzelle besitzen. Diese Promoter haben eukaryotische Sequenzstrukturen und enthalten cis-Elemente, an die pflanzliche Transkriptionsfaktoren binden. Mit Hilfe der PTA (high-throughput protoplast transactivation) Methode wurden die pflanzlichen Transkriptionsfaktoren WRKY18, WRKY40, WRKY60 und ARF5 von Arabidopsis thaliana identifiziert, welche den Promoter des Ipt Onkogens aktivieren. Für IaaH und IaaM konnte kein Transkriptionsfaktor, der die Promotersequenzen aktiviert, identifiziert werden, obwohl die Promotersequenzen Bindedomänen für den Typ B ARR Transkriptionsfaktor enthalten. Ebenso zeigte die Behandlung von Arabidopsis Protoplasten aus dem Mesophyll mit Cytokinin (trans-zeatin) und Auxin (1-NAA) keinen positiven Effekt auf die Aktivität des IaaH und des IaaM Promoters, wohingegen der Ipt Promoter stark auf eine Behandlung mit Auxin und leicht auf eine Behandlung mit Cytokinin reagierte. Die drei WRKYs aus Arabidopsis spielen eine Rolle in der Tumorentwicklung, da die wrky Mutante kleinere Tumore zeigt, als die Wild Typ Pflanzen. Die Gene WRKY40 und WRKY60 reagieren sehr schnell, innerhalb von zwei, beziehungsweise vier Stunden, auf eine Pathogen Infektion. Die Transkription des WRKY18 Gens wurde durch die Infiltration von Puffer in Blätter induziert, dies lässt auf eine Reaktion im Zusammenhang mit Wunderzeugung schließen. Die drei WRKY Proteine interagieren mit einander und mit ARF5 im Zellekern der Pflanzenzelle, aber nur WRKY40 und ARF5 können gemeinsam den Ipt Promoter aktivieren. Zusätzlich kann ARF5 den Ipt Promoter, in Abhängigkeit von Auxin, aktivieren. Wegen starker Entwicklungsstörungen der arf5 Mutante, konnte das Tumorwachstum an dieser Mutante nicht untersucht werden. Das reduzierte Tumorwachstum an der tri1 (transport inhibitor response, TIR) Mutante, der ein Auxinsensor fehlt, deutet auf die Notwendigkeit des Auxinsignalwegs für optimales Tumorwachstum hin. Zusammengefasst benutzt A. tumefaciens den WRKY40 Signalweg, der mit der Pathogen Abwehr verbunden ist, um die Ipt Expression in der mit T-DNA transformierten Pflanzenzelle zu aktivieren. Die Genexpression von IaaH und IaaM schein nicht von Transkriptionsfaktoren abhängig zu sein, aber erhöhte Auxin Werte werden von ARF5 erkannt. Die Auxin abhängige Aktivierung von ARF5 verstärkt die Expression des Ipt Gens gemeinsam mit WRKY40 um die Cytokin Werte in der Pflanzenzelle zu erhöhen und somit die Tumorentwicklung einzuleiten. KW - Agrobacterium tumefaciens KW - Transcription factor KW - Onkogen KW - Genexpression KW - Oncogene KW - Regulation Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-102578 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhang, Yanxiang T1 - The Making of a Place: Topographical Literature on West Lake by Tian Rucheng (b. 1501) and Zhang Dai (b. 1597) T1 - Die Erschaffung eines Orts: die Topografische Literatur über den Westsee von Tian Rucheng (geb. 1501) und Zhang Dai (geb. 1597) N2 - This dissertation explores the local gazetteers of West Lake that were compiled by literati of the Ming dynasty. In 1547, the first West Lake gazetteer was published by the local literatus of Hangzhou, Tian Rucheng 田汝成. In the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, accompanying the huge enthusiasm for West Lake and the flourishing of its tourism, the production of West Lake gazetteers reached its peak. This trend, however, was reduced by the turmoils in the last years of the Ming and the dynastic transition, a period when West Lake had also experienced destruction. Nevertheless, the practice was resumed in the first decades of the Qing dynasty by some literati who had survived the disasters. One prominent work of this period was compiled by the Ming loyalist and “remnant subject” Zhang Dai 張岱, who wrote an author’s preface in 1671. This dissertation can be divided into two parts. The first part focuses on the editorial principles of compilers, e.g., which materials are included, how they are organized and presented. It explores various possible intentions of the compilers, such as scholarly and documentary, practical and oriented toward tour-guiding, didactic and educational, and personal and nostalgic ones. The second part focuses on some of the perceptions, attitudes, and values of literati focusing on West Lake. The discourses analyzed in this part include West Lake as a hybrid between metropolitan city and sheer wilderness, as a national symbol and object of nostalgia of the lost dynasty, and as a place of pleasure-seeking and indulgence. While a discourse often had a long tradition and historical development, the emphasis of the study is on the late sixteenth and early seventeenth centuries, i.e., the late Ming. N2 - Diese Dissertation untersucht Regionalbeschreibungen des Westsee, die von Literaten während der Ming-Dynastie zusammengestellt wurden. Das erste solche Werk über den Westsee wurde 1547 von einem Literaten aus Hangzhou, Tian Rucheng田汝成, veröffentlicht. Die Produktion von Westsee-Regionalbeschreibungen erreichte, im Zusammenhang mit dem großen Enthusiasmus für den Westsee und einer boomenden Tourismusindustrie, den Höhepunkt. Diese Tendenz wurde allerdings durch die Unruhen in den letzten Jahren der Ming-Dynastie und den Dynastieübergang rückläufig. In dieser Zeit erlebte auch der Westsee Zerstörungen. Dennoch wurde die Praxis in den ersten Jahrzehnten der Qing-Dynastie auch weiterhin von Literaten, die die Katastrophen überlebt hatten, weitergeführt. Ein bedeutendes Werk wurde von einem Ming-Loyalisten und „Hinterbliebenen“ Zhang Dai 張岱 geschrieben. Er schrieb 1671 ein Vorwort zu seinem Text. Diese Dissertation kann in zwei Teile geteilt werden. Der erste Teil fokussiert auf die redaktionellen Prinzipien von Herausgebern, beispielsweise welche Materialien einbezogen wurden und wie sie organisiert und präsentiert wurden. Es werden verschiedene mögliche Intentionen der Herausgeber, etwa akademische und dokumentarische, praktische und tourismusorientierte, didaktische und bildende, und persönliche und nostalgische Motivationen, dargestellt. Der zweite Teil fokussiert auf Wahrnehmungen, Einstellungen und Werte von Gelehrten im Zusammenhang mit dem Westsee. Die Diskurse, die in diesem Teil analysiert werden, umfassen den Westsee als ein Hybrid zwischen weltstädtischer Metropole und blanker Wildnis, als ein Staatssymbol und Ort der Nostalgie für eine verlorene Dynastie, und als ein Ort der Genusssucht und des Schwelgens. Jeder Diskurs hatte oft eine lange Tradition und seine historische Entwicklung, wobei der Schwerpunkt dieser Untersuchung aber auf dem späten sechzehnten und frühen siebzehnten Jahrhundert, der Zeit der späten Ming, liegt. KW - Editorial Principles KW - Perceptions, Attitudes, and Values KW - Place KW - West Lake KW - Local Gazetteer KW - Tian Rucheng KW - Zhang Dai Y1 - 2023 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-327590 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhang, Xin A1 - Wu, Wei A1 - Li, Gang A1 - Wen, Lin A1 - Sun, Qing A1 - Ji, An-Chun T1 - Phase diagram of interacting Fermi gas in spin-orbit coupled square lattices JF - New Journal of Physics N2 - The spin-orbit (SO) coupled optical lattices have attracted considerable interest. In this paper, we investigate the phase diagram of the interacting Fermi gas with Rashba-type spin-orbit coupling (SOC) on a square optical lattice. The phase diagram is investigated in a wide range of atomic interactions and SOC strength within the framework of the cluster dynamical mean-field theory (CDMFT). We show that the interplay between the atomic interactions and SOC results in a rich phase diagram. In the deep Mott insulator regime, the SOC can induce diverse spin ordered phases. Whereas near the metal-insulator transition (MIT), the SOC tends to destroy the conventional antiferromagnetic fluctuations, giving rise to distinctive features of the MIT. Furthermore, the strong fluctuations arising from SOC may destroy the magnetic orders and trigger an order to disorder transition in close proximity of the MIT. KW - ultracold KW - hubbard-model KW - physics transition KW - metal-insulator transition KW - cluster dynamical mean-field theory KW - atomic gases KW - mean-field theory KW - mott insulator KW - optical lattice KW - weak ferromagnetism KW - quantum gases KW - superfluid KW - spin-orbit coupling Y1 - 2015 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-151475 VL - 17 IS - 073036 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhang, Xiaolei A1 - Friedrich, Alexandra A1 - Marder, Todd B. T1 - Copper-Catalyzed Borylation of Acyl Chlorides with an Alkoxy Diboron Reagent: A Facile Route to Acylboron Compounds JF - Chemistry—A European Journal N2 - Herein, the copper-catalyzed borylation of readily available acyl chlorides with bis(pinacolato)diboron, (B\(_{2}\)pin\(_{2}\)) or bis(neopentane glycolato)diboron (B\(_{2}\)neop\(_{2}\)) is reported, which provides stable potassium acyltrifluoroborates (KATs) in good yields from the acylboronate esters. A variety of functional groups are tolerated under the mild reaction conditions (room temperature) and substrates containing different carbon-skeletons, such as aryl, heteroaryl and primary, secondary, tertiary alkyl are applicable. Acyl N-methyliminodiacetic acid (MIDA) boronates can also been accessed by modification of the workup procedures. This process is scalable and also amenable to the late-stage conversion of carboxylic acid-containing drugs into their acylboron analogues, which have been challenging to prepare previously. A catalytic mechanism is proposed based on in situ monitoring of the reaction between p-toluoyl chloride and an NHC-copper(I) boryl complex as well as the isolation of an unusual lithium acylBpinOBpin compound as a key intermediate. KW - boronate KW - catalysis KW - borylation KW - carbonyl KW - copper Y1 - 2022 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-318318 VL - 28 IS - 42 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhang, X. F. A1 - Becker, Charles R. A1 - Zhang, H. A1 - He, L. A1 - Landwehr, G. T1 - Investigation of a short period (001) HgTe-Hg\(_{0.6}\)Cd\(_{0.4}\)Te superlattice by transmission electron microscopy N2 - No abstract available Y1 - 1994 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-38029 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhang, Tengyu T1 - Development of Modified polylysine based antibody conjugated nanoparticles with tumor-restricted, FcγR-independent stimulatory activity by targeting Fn14 T1 - Entwicklung modifizierter, mit Antikörpern konjugierter Nanopartikel auf Polylysinbasis mit tumorbeschränkter, FcγR- unabhängiger stimulierender Aktivität durch Ausrichtung auf Fn14 N2 - In this study, we developed an innovative nanoparticle formulation to facilitate the delivery of antitumor antibodies to tumor sites. The study commenced with the utilization of 13 bispecific antibody fusion proteins, which targeted the Fn14 receptor, thereby validating the pivotal role of crosslinking in Fn14 receptor activation. Subsequently, gold nanoparticles were activated using COOH-PEG-SH in combination with EDC/NHS, and subsequently conjugated with two Fn14-targeting antibodies, PDL192 and 5B6. Following this, a pH-sensitive shell was generated on the outer layer of the antibody-coupled gold nanoparticles through the application of chemically modified polylysine. The resultant complexes, termed MPL-antibody-AuNP, demonstrated a release profile reminiscent of the tumor microenvironment (TME). Notably, these complexes released antibody-AuNPs only in slightly acidic conditions while remaining intact in neutral or basic environments. Functionality analysis further affirmed the pH-sensitive property of MPL-antibody-AuNPs, demonstrating that the antibodies only initiated potent Fn14 activation in slightly acidic environments. This formulation holds potential for applicability to antibodies or ligands targeting the 80 TNFRSF family, given that gold nanoparticles successfully served as platforms for antibody crosslinking, thereby transforming these antibodies into potent agonists. Moreover, the TME disintegration profile of MPL mitigates the potential cytotoxic effects of antibodies, thereby circumventing associated adverse side effects. This study not only showcases the potential of nanoparticle formulations in targeted therapy, but also provides a solid foundation for further investigations on their clinical application in the context of targeting category II TNFRSF receptors with antibodies or ligands. N2 - In dieser Studie haben wir eine innovative Nanopartikel-Formulierung entwickelt, um die Auslieferung von Antitumor-Antikörpern an Tumorstellen zu erleichtern. Die Studie begann mit der Verwendung von 13 bispezifischen Antikörper-Fusionsproteinen, die auf den Fn14-Rezeptor abzielten, wodurch die entscheidende Rolle der Quervernetzung bei der Aktivierung des Fn14-Rezeptors bestätigt wurde. Anschließend wurden Goldnanopartikel unter Verwendung von COOH-PEG-SH in Kombination mit EDC/NHS aktiviert und danach mit zwei auf Fn14 abzielenden Antikörpern, PDL192 und 5B6, konjugiert. Daraufhin wurde eine pH-sensitive Schale auf der äußeren Schicht der mit Antikörpern gekoppelten Goldnanopartikel durch den Einsatz von chemisch modifiziertem Polylysin erzeugt. Die resultierenden Komplexe, bezeichnet als MPL-Antikörper-AuNP, zeigten ein Freisetzungsprofil, das an das Tumormikroumfeld (TME) erinnert. Bemerkenswert ist, dass diese Komplexe Antikörper-AuNP nur in leicht sauren Bedingungen freisetzten, während sie in neutralen oder basischen Umgebungen intakt blieben. Die Funktionalitätsanalyse bestätigte weiterhin die pH-empfindliche Eigenschaft der MPL-Antikörper-AuNPs, was zeigt, dass die Antikörper eine potente Fn14-Aktivierung nur in leicht sauren Bedingungen initiierten. Diese Formulierung hat Potenzial für die Anwendbarkeit auf Antikörper oder Liganden, die auf die Familie der TNFRSF abzielen, da die Goldnanopartikel erfolgreich als Plattformen für die Antikörpervernetzung dienten und diese Antikörper in potente Agonisten verwandelten. Darüber hinaus mildert das TME-Zerfallsprofil von MPL die potenziellen zytotoxischen Effekte der Antikörper, wodurch die damit verbundenen negativen Nebenwirkungen umgangen werden. Diese Studie zeigt nicht nur das Potenzial von Nanopartikel-Formulierungen in der gezielten Therapie auf, sondern bietet auch eine solide Grundlage für weitere Untersuchungen zu ihrer klinischen Anwendung im Kontext der Zielrichtung auf Kategorie-II-TNFRSF-Rezeptoren mit Antikörpern oder Liganden. KW - Immuntherapie KW - Immunotherapy Y1 - 2024 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-358650 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhang, Shenxishuai T1 - Conflicts and Anxieties over Money in Late Ming Vernacular Stories T1 - Konflikte und Ängste um Geld in Geschichten der spaeten Ming-Dynastie N2 - The present study discusses money and conflicts and anxiety over money in late Ming vernacular stories and contextualizes these stories in the contemporary society of economic prosperity and rapid changes. The high monetization and extensive use of silver and copper cash as currency brought both wealth and conflicts in various aspects of society. Eleven vernacular stories from several collections are adopted as source materials for the close examination, including Jingshi tongyan (Stories to Caution the World, 1624) and Xingshi hengyan (Stories to Awaken the World, 1627) by Feng Menglong (1574-1646) and the two Pai’an jingqi (Slapping the Table in Amazement, 1628 and 1632) collections by Ling Mengchu (1580-1644), etc. The analysis then focuses on the relationship between money and four topics, the late Ming context, social relations, gender ideals, and religion. Multiple voices and various viewpoints in these narratives show human beings’ struggles in taming and dominating money, the increasingly familiar and essential object in everyday life. Generally, when people cannot control money properly, there is a fear of its detrimental power to humans and social relations within and beyond families. On the contrary, characters, who are able to control money, are praised. N2 - Die vorliegende Studie befasst sich mit Geld und Konflikten sowie der Angst vor Geld in den volkstümlichen Erzählungen der späten Ming-Zeit und kontextualisiert diese Erzählungen in der zeitgenössischen Gesellschaft, die von wirtschaftlichem Wohlstand und schnellen Veränderungen geprägt war. Die starke Monetarisierung und die umfassende Verwendung von Silber- und Kupfergeld als Währung brachten sowohl Reichtum als auch Konflikte in verschiedenen Bereichen der Gesellschaft mit sich. Elf volkstümliche Geschichten aus verschiedenen Sammlungen werden als Quellenmaterial für die eingehende Untersuchung herangezogen, darunter Jingshi tongyan (Geschichten zur Vorsicht der Welt, 1624) und Xingshi hengyan (Geschichten zum Erwachen der Welt, 1627) von Feng Menglong (1574-1646) und die beiden Sammlungen Pai'an jingqi (Auf den Tisch schlagen vor Staunen über das Ungewöhnliche, 1628 und 1632) von Ling Mengchu (1580-1644) usw. Die Analyse konzentriert sich dann auf die Beziehung zwischen Geld und vier Themen, dem späten Ming-Kontext, den sozialen Beziehungen, den Geschlechteridealen und der Religion. In diesen Erzählungen wird mit mehreren Stimmen und aus verschiedenen Blickwinkeln der Kampf der Menschen um die Zähmung und Beherrschung des Geldes, des zunehmend vertrauten und unverzichtbaren Objekts des täglichen Lebens, dargestellt. Wenn Menschen das Geld nicht richtig kontrollieren können, fürchten sie im Allgemeinen seine schädliche Wirkung auf die Menschen und die sozialen Beziehungen innerhalb und außerhalb der Familie. Im Gegensatz dazu werden Personen, die in der Lage sind, Geld zu kontrollieren, gelobt. KW - Geld KW - Mingdynastie KW - Money KW - Ming dynasty KW - Vernacular story KW - Feng Menglong Y1 - 2023 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-316733 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhang, Shaowu A1 - Si, Aung A1 - Pahl, Mario T1 - Visually guided decision making in foraging honeybees JF - Frontiers in Neuroscience N2 - Honeybees can easily be trained to perform different types of discrimination tasks under controlled laboratory conditions. This review describes a range of experiments carried out with free-flying forager honeybees under such conditions. The research done over the past 30 or so years suggests that cognitive abilities (learning and perception) in insects are more intricate and flexible than was originally imagined. It has become apparent that honeybees are capable of a variety of visually guided tasks, involving decision making under challenging situations: this includes simultaneously making use of different sensory modalities, such as vision and olfaction, and learning to use abstract concepts such as “sameness” and “difference.” Many studies have shown that decision making in foraging honeybees is highly flexible. The trained animals learn how to solve a task, and do so with a high accuracy, but when they are presented with a new variation of the task, they apply the learnt rules from the earlier setup to the new situation, and solve the new task as well. Honeybees therefore not only feature a rich behavioral repertoire to choose from, but also make decisions most apt to the current situation. The experiments in this review give an insight into the environmental cues and cognitive resources that are probably highly significant for a forager bee that must continually make decisions regarding patches of resources to be exploited. Y1 - 2012 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-124228 VL - 6 IS - 88 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhang, Nan A1 - Van Crombruggen, Koen A1 - Holtappels, Gabriele A1 - Lan, Feng A1 - Katotomichelakis, Michail A1 - Zhang, Luo A1 - Högger, Petra A1 - Bachert, Claus T1 - Suppression of Cytokine Release by Fluticasone Furoate vs. Mometasone Furoate in Human Nasal Tissue Ex-Vivo JF - PLOS ONE N2 - Background: Topical glucocorticosteroids are the first line therapy for airway inflammation. Modern compounds with higher efficacy have been developed, but head-to-head comparison studies are sparse. Objective: To compare the activity of two intranasal glucocorticoids, fluticasone furoate (FF) and mometasone furoate (MF) with respect to the inhibition of T helper (Th)1, Th2 and Th17 cytokine release in airway mucosa. Methods: We used an ex-vivo human nasal mucosal tissue model and employed pre-and post-Staphylococcus aureus enterotoxin B (SEB)-challenge incubations with various time intervals and drug concentrations to mimic typical clinical situations of preventive or therapeutic use. Results: At a fixed concentration of 10(-10) M, FF had significantly higher suppressive effects on interferon (IFN)-gamma,interleukin (IL)-2 and IL-17 release, but not IL-5 or tumor necrosis factor (TNF)-alpha, vs. MF. While the maximal suppressive activity was maintained when FF was added before or after tissue stimulation, the cytokine suppression capacity of MF appeared to be compromised when SEB-induced cell activation preceded the addition of the drug. In a pre-challenge incubation setting with removal of excess drug concentrations, MF approached inhibition of IL-5 and TNF-alpha after 6 and 24 hours while FF maximally blocked the release of these cytokines right after pre-incubation. Furthermore, FF suppressed a wider range of T helper cytokines compared to MF. Conclusion: The study demonstrates the potential of our human mucosal model and shows marked differences in the ability to suppress the release of various cytokines in pre-and post-challenge settings between FF and MF mimicking typical clinical situations of preventive or therapeutic use. KW - allergic rhinitis KW - human receptor kinetics KW - staphylococcus aureus KW - intranasal corticosteroids KW - cells KW - propionate KW - secretion KW - affinity KW - therapy KW - spray Y1 - 2014 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-116779 VL - 9 IS - 4 ER - TY - THES A1 - Zhang, Guoliang T1 - Phytochemical Research on Two Ancistrocladus Species, Semi-Synthesis of Dimeric Naphthylisoquinoline Alkaloids, and Structure Optimization of Antitumoral Naphthoquinones T1 - Phytochemische Untersuchungen an zwei Ancistrocladus-Arten, Semi-Synthese dimerer Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloide und Strukturoptimierung von antitumoralen Naphthochinonen N2 - Plant-derived natural products and their analogs continue to play an important role in the discovery of new drugs for the treatment of human diseases. Potentially promising representatives of secondary metabolites are the naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids, which show a broad range of activities against protozoan pathogens, such as plasmodia, leishmania, and trypanosoma. Due to the increasing resistance of those pathogens against current therapies, highly potent novel agents are still urgently needed. Thus, it is worthy to discover new naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids hopefully with pronounced bioactivities by isolation from plants or by synthesis. The naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids are biosynthetically related to another class of plant-derived products, the naphthoquinones, some of which have been recently found to display excellent anti-multiple myeloma activities without showing any cytotoxicities on normal blood cells. Multiple myeloma still remains incurable, although remissions may be induced with co-opted therapeutic treatments. Therefore, more potent naphthoquinones are urgently required, and can be obtained by isolation from plants or by synthesis. In detail, the results in this thesis are listed as follows: 1) Isolation and characterization of naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids from the stems of a Chinese Ancistrocladus tectorius species. Nine new naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids, named ancistectorine A1 (60), N-methylancistectorine A1 (61), ancistectorine A2 (62a), 5-epi-ancistectorine A2 (62b), 4'-O-demethylancistectorine A2 (63), ancistectorine A3 (64), ancistectorine B1 (65), ancistectorine C1 (66), and 5-epi-ancistrolikokine D (67) were isolated from the Chinese A. tectorius and fully characterized by chemical, spectroscopic, and chiroptical methods. Furthermore, the in vitro anti-infectious activities of 60-62 and 63-66 have been tested. Three of the metabolites, 61, 62a, and 62b, exhibited strong antiplasmodial activities against the strain K1 of P. falciparum without showing significant cytotoxicities. With IC50 values of 0.08, 0.07, and 0.03 μM, respectively, they were 37 times more active than the standard chloroquine (IC50 = 0.26 μM). Moreover, these three compounds displayed high antiplasmodial selectivity indexes ranging from 100 to 3300. According to the TDR/WHO guidelines, they could be considered as lead compounds. In addition, seven alkaloids, 69-74 (structures not shown here), were isolated from A. tectorius that were known, but new to the plant, together with another fourteen known compounds (of these, only the structures of the three main alkaloids, 5a, 5b, and 78 are shown here), which had been previously found in the plant. The three metabolites ancistrocladine (5a), hamatine (5b), and (+)-ancistrocline (78) were found to show no or moderate activities against the MM cell lines. 2) Isolation and characterization of naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids from the root bark of a new, botanically yet undescribed Congolese Ancistrocladus species. An unprecedented dimeric Dioncophyllaceae-type naphthylisoquinoline alkaloid, jozimine A2 (84), as first recognized by G. Bauckmann from an as yet undescribed Ancistrocladus species, was purified and characterized as part of this thesis. Its full structural assignment was achieved by spectroscopic and chiroptical methods, and further confirmed by an X-ray diffraction analysis, which had never succeeded for any other dimeric naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids before. Structurally, the dimer is composed of two identical 4'-O-demethyldioncophylline A halves, coupled through a sterically hindered central axis at C-3',3'' of the two naphthalene moieties. Pharmacologically, jozimine A2 (84) showed an extraordinary antiplasmodial activity (IC50 = 1.4 nM) against the strain NF54 of P. falciparum. Beside jozimine A2 (85), another new alkaloid, 6-O-demethylancistrobrevine C (84), and four known ones, ancistrocladine (5a), hamatine (5b), ancistrobrevine C (86), and dioncophylline A (6) were isolated from the Ancistrocladus species, the latter in a large quantity (~500 mg), showing that the plant produces Ancistrocladaceae-type, mixed-Ancistrocladaceae/Dioncophyllaceae-type, and Dioncophyllaceae-type naphthyl- isoquinoline alkaloids. Remarkably, it is one of the very few plants, like A. abbreviatus, and A. barteri, that simultaneously contain typical representatives of all the above three classes of alkaloids. 3) Semi-synthesis of jozimine A2 (85), 3'-epi-85, jozimine A3 (93) and other alkaloids from dioncophylline A (6). The dimeric naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids, jozimine A2 (85) and 3'-epi-85, constitute rewarding synthetic targets for a comparative analysis of their antiplasmodial activities and for a further confirmation of the assigned absolute configurations of the isolated natural product of 85. They were semi-synthesized in a four-step reaction sequence from dioncophylline A (6) in cooperation with T. Büttner. The key step was a biomimetic phenol-oxidative dimerization at C-3' of the N,O-dibenzylated derivative of 89 by utilizing Pb(OAc)4. This is the first time that the synthesis of such an extremely sterically hindered (four ortho-substituents) naphthylisoquinoline alkaloid – with three consecutive biaryl axes! – has been successfully achieved. A novel dimeric naphthylisoquinoline, jozimine A3 (93), bearing a 6',6''-central biaryl axis, was semi-synthesized from 5'-O-demethyldioncophylline A (90) by a similar biomimetic phenol-oxidative coupling reaction as a key step, by employing Ag2O. HPLC analysis with synthetic reference material of 3'-epi-85 and 93 for co-elution revealed that these two alkaloids clearly are not present in the crude extract of the Ancistrocladus species from which jozimine A2 (85) was isolated. This evidences that jozimine A2 (85) is very specifically biosynthesized by the plant with a high regio- and stereoslectivity. Remarkably, the two synthetic novel dimeric naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids 3'-epi-85 and 93 were found to display very good antiplasmodial activities, albeit weaker than that of the natural and semi-synthetic product 85. Additionally, the two compounds 3'-epi-85 and 93 possessed high or moderate selectivity indexes, which were much lower than that of 85. However, they can still be considered as new lead structures. Two unprecedented oxidative products of dioncophylline A, the diastereomeric dioncotetralones A (94a) and B (94b), were synthesized from dioncophylline A (6) in a one-step reaction. Remarkably, the aromatic properties in the “naphthalene” and the “isoquinoline” rings of 94a and 94b are partially lost and the “biaryl” axis has become a C,C-double bond, so that the two halves are nearly co-planar to each other, which has never been found among any natural or synthetic naphthylisoquinoline alkaloid. Their full structural characterization was accomplished by spectroscopic methods and quantum-chemical CD calculations (done by Y. Hemberger). The presumed reaction mechanism was proposed in this thesis. In addition, one of the two compounds, 94a, exhibited a highly antiplasmodial activity (IC50 = 0.09 μM) with low cytotoxicity, and thus, can be considered as a new promising lead structure. Its 2'-epi-isomer, 94b, was inactive, evidencing a significant effect of chirality on the bioactivity. Of a number of naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids tested against the multiple-myeloma cell lines, the three compounds, dioncophylline A (6), 4'-O-demethyldioncophylline A (89), and 5'-O-demethyldioncophylline A (90) showed excellent activities, even much stronger than dioncoquinones B (10), C (102), the epoxide 175, or the standard drug melphalan. 4) Isolation and characterization of bioactive naphthoquinones from cell cultures of Triphyophyllum peltatum. Three new naphthoquinones, dioncoquinones C (102), D (103), and E (104), the known 8-hydroxydroserone (105), which is new to this plant, and one new naphthol dimer, triphoquinol A (107), were isolated from cell cultures of T. peltatum in cooperation with A. Irmer. Dioncoquinone C (102) showed an excellent activity against the MM cells, very similar to that of the previously found dioncoquinone B (10), without showing any inhibitory effect on normal cells. The other three naphthoquinones, 103105, were inactive or only weakly active. 5) Establishment of a new strategy for a synthetic access to dioncoquinones B (10) and C (102) on a large scale for in vivo experiments and for the synthesis of their analogs for first SAR studies. Before the synthesis of dioncoquinone B (10) described in this thesis, two synthetic pathways had previously been established in our group. The third approach described here involved the preparation of the joint synthetic intermediate 42 with the previous two routes. The tertiary benzamide 135 was ortho-deprotonated by using s-BuLi/TMEDA, followed by transmetallation with MgBr2▪2Et2O, and reaction with 2-methylallyl bromide (139). It resulted in the formation of ortho-allyl benzamide 140, which was cyclized by using methyl lithium to afford the naphthol 42. This strategy proved to be the best among the established three approaches with regard to its very low number of steps and high yields. By starting with 136, this third strategy yielded the related bioactive natural product, dioncoquinone C (102), which was accessed by total synthesis for the first time. To identify the pharmacophore of the antitumoral naphthoquinones, a library of dioncoquinone B (10) and C (102) analogs were synthesized for in vitro testing. Among the numerous naphthoquinones tested, the synthetic 7-O-demethyldioncoquinone C (or 7-O-hydroxyldioncoquinone B) (145), constitutes another promising basic structure to develop a new anti-MM agent. Furthermore, preliminary SAR results evidence that the three hydroxy functions at C-3, C-5, and C-6 are essential for the biological properties as exemplarily shown through the compounds 10, 102, and 145. All other mixed OH/OMe- or completely OMe-substituted structures were entirely inactive. By a serendipity the expoxide 175 was found to display the best anti-MM activity of all the tested isolated metabolites from T. peltatum, the synthesized naphthoquinones, and their synthetic intermediates. Toxic effects of 175 on normal cells were not observed, in contrast to the high toxicities of all other epoxides. Thus, the anti-MM activity of 175 is of high selectivity. The preliminary SAR studies revealed that the 6-OMe group in 175 is required, thus differed with the above described naphthoquinones (where 6-OH is a requisite in 10, 102, and 145), which evidenced potentially different modes of action for these two classes of compounds. 6) The first attempted total synthesis of the new naturally occurring triphoquinone (187a), which was recently isolated from the root cultures of T. peltatum in our group. A novel naphthoquinone-naphthalene dimer, 187a (structure shown in Chapter 10), was isolated in small quantities from the root cultures of T. peltatum. Thus, its total synthesis was attempted for obtaining sufficient amounts for selected biotestings. The key step was planned to prepare the extremely sterically hindered (four ortho-substituents) binaphthalene 188 by a coupling reaction between the two 2-methylnaphthalene derivatives. Test reactions involving a system of two simplified 2-methylnaphthylboron species and 2-methylnaphthyl bromide proved the Buchwald ligand as most promising. The optimized conditions were then applied to the two true - highly oxygenated - coupling substrates, between the 2-methylnaphthylboron derivatives 210, 211, 213, or 214 and the 2-methylnaphthyl iodides (or bromides) 215 (206), 215 (206), 212 (205), or 212 (205), respectively. Unfortunately, this crucial step failed although various bases and solvent systems were tested. This could be due to the high electron density of the two coupling substrates, both bearing strongly OMOM/OMe-donating function groups. Therefore, a more powerful catalyst system or an alternative synthetic strategy must be explored for the total synthesis of 187a. 7) Phytochemical investigation of the Streptomyces strain RV-15 derived from a marine sponge. Cyclodysidins A-D (216-219), four new cyclic lipopeptides with a- and ß-amino acids, were isolated from the Streptomyces strain RV15 derived from a marine sponge by Dr. U. Abdelmohsen. Their structures were established as cyclo-(ß-AFA-Ser-Gln-Asn-Tyr-Asn-Ser-Thr) by spectroscopic analysis using 2D NMR techniques and CID-MS/MS in the course of this thesis. In conclusion, the present work contributes to the discovery of novel antiplasmodial naphthylisoquinoline alkaloids and antitumoral naphthoquinones, which will pave the way for future studies on these two classes of compounds. N2 - Naturstoffe pflanzlichen Ursprungs und deren Derivate waren seit jeher eine wichtige Quelle für die Entdeckung neuer Arzneistoffe. Darunter stellen die Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloide eine besonders bedeutsame Klasse an Sekundärmetaboliten dar, die gegen eine breite Vielfalt an pathogenen Protozoen, wie z.B. Plasmodien, Leishmanien und Trypanosomen, aktiv sind. Die zunehmende Resistenz dieser Krankheitserreger gegen vorhandene Therapeutika macht die Erschließung neuer hochwirksamer Substanzen – durch direkte Isolierung aus Pflanzenmaterial oder chemische Synthese – zu einer lohnenswerten Aufgabe. Kürzlich wurde entdeckt, dass Naphthochinone, eine biosynthetisch eng mit den Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloiden verwandte Naturstoffklasse, exzellente Aktivitäten gegen das Multiple Myelom aufweist. Diese Krebserkrankung ist mit gegenwärtigen Arzneimitteln nicht heilbar, wenngleich unterstützende Therapeutika zu einer Remission führen können. Die Suche nach pharmakologisch wirksamen Naphthochinonen, mittels Isolierung aus Pflanzen oder durch chemische Synthese, ist daher dringend geboten. Die Ergebnisse dieser Arbeit umfassen im Detail die folgenden Teilbereiche: 1) Isolierung diverser Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloide aus dem Stamm der chinesischen Ancistrocladus tectorius Spezies. Es Wurch neun neue Naphthylisochinlin-Alkaloide aus der in China beheimateten Pflanze A. tectorius. Diese umfassten die sechs 5,1'-gekuppelten Verbindungen Ancistectorin A1 (60), N-Methylancistectorin A1 (61), Ancistectorin A2 (62a), 5-epi-Ancistectorin A2 (62b), 4'-O-Demethylancistectorin A2 (63), Ancistectorin A3 (64), das 7,1'-gekuppelte Ancistectorin B1 (65), das 7,8'-verknüpfte Ancistectorin C1 (66), sowie das 5,8'-verknüpfte 5-epi-Ancistrolikokin D (65) die allesamt vollständig charakterisiert und auf ihre antiplasmodiale Aktivität untersucht wurden. Drei dieser Metabolite, 61, 62a, und 62b, zeigten eine starke antiplasmodiale Aktivität gegen den Stamm K1 von P. falciparum und dennoch keine signifikante Cytotoxizität. Mit IC50-Werten von 0.08, 0.07 und 0.03 μM waren sie 37 mal aktiver als der Standard Chloroquin (IC50 = 0.26 μM). Darüber hinaus verfügten diese drei Verbindungen über einen hohen antiplasmodialen Index von 100 bis 300. Laut WHO-Richtlinien können diese erfolgversprechenden Antimalaria-Wirkstoffe als neue Leitstrukturen angesehen werden. Des Weiteren wurden sieben bekannte Alkaloide, 69-74 (nicht abgebildet), erstmals aus A. tectorius isoliert. 14 weitere, aus dieser Pflanze bereits bekannte, Verbindungen (z.B. 5a, 5b, und 78) wurden ebenfalls gefunden. Die drei Hauptalkaloide Ancistrocladin (5a), Hamatin (5b) und (+)-Ancistroclin (78) hatten jedoch keine bzw. nur mäßige Aktivitäten gegen MM-Zelllinien. 2) Isolierung der Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloide aus der Stammrinde einer neuen und botanisch noch unbeschriebenen, kongolesichen Ancistrocladus Spezies. Ein beispielloses dimeres Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloid aus der Klasse der Dioncophyllaceae, Jozimin A2 (85), wurde aus einer bis dahin noch nicht beschriebenen Ancistrocladus Spezies in Zusammenarbeit mit G. Bauckmann isoliert. Mithilfe von spektroskopischen und chiroptischen Methoden erfolgte die vollständige Strukturaufklärung. Zum ersten Mal bei einem dimeren Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloid wurde darüber hinaus dessen Struktur mittels Röntgenstrukturanalyse verifiziert. Die Struktur weist zwei identische miteinander verknüpfte 4'-O-Demethyldioncophyllin A Hälften auf, die in den Naphthalin-Einheiten an C-3' und C-3'' sterisch so stark gehindert sind, dass eine dritte rotationsstabile – und daher chirale – Achse vorliegt. Jozimin A2 (85) ragt pharmakologisch betrachtet durch die beste bis dahin gemessene antiplasmodiale Aktivität (IC50 = 1.4 nM, P. falciparum NF54) aller natürlichen monomeren und dimeren Naphthylisochinoline heraus. Neben Jozimin A2 (85) wurde ein weiteres neues Alkaloid, 6-O-Demethylancistrobrevin C (84), und die vier bekannten Monomere Ancistrocladin (5a), Hamatin (5b), Dioncophyllin A (6), und Ancistrobrevin C (86) aus dieser Ancistrocladus Spezies isoliert. Man konnte zeigen, dass die Pflanze Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloide vom Ancistrocladaceae Typ, vom gemischten Ancistrocladaceae/Dioncophyllaceae Typ und vom Dioncophyllaceae Typ produziert. Dies ist umso bemerkenswerter, als dass nur wenige Pflanzen wie A. abbreviatus und A. barteri bekannt sind, die typische Vertreter aller drei Alkaloid-Klassen beinhalten. 3) Semi-Synthese des dimeren Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloids Jozimine A2 (85) und seiner Derivate. Aufgrund seiner exzellenten antiplasmodialen Aktivität stellte das Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloid Jozimin A2 (85), eine lohneswerte Zielstruktur für eine Synthese dar. Die Verbindung wurde durch Semisynthese in vier Stufen aus Dioncophyllin A (6) in Zusammenarbeit mit T. Büttner erschlossen. Als Schlüsselschritt erwies sich die biomimetische, oxidative Kupplung von 89 an C-3’ unter Verwendung von Pb(OAc)4. Der Aufbau einer solch sterisch gehinderten, zentralen Achse mit vier ortho-Substituenten wurde zum ersten Mal an Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloiden erfolgreich durchgeführt. Zusammen mit Jozimin A2 (85) erhielt man sein 3',3''-Atropisomer 3'-epi-85. Parallel dazu wurde Jozimine A3 (93) dargestellt, dessen 6',6''-Zentral-Achse ebenfalls ausgehend von Dioncophyllin A (6) in einer Schlüsselsequenz mittels Ag2O aufgebaut wurde. HPLC-Coelutionsexperimente der synthetisch erhaltenen Verbindungen 3'-epi-85 und 93 zeigten zweifelsfrei, dass die beiden Alkaloide nicht im Rohextrakt der bisher unbestimmten Ancistrocladus-Art, aus welcher Jozimin A2 (85) isoliert wurde, vorhanden waren. Die Biosynthese von 85 erfolgt in der Pflanze offensichtlich mit hoher Spezifität. Die neuen synthetisch hergestellten, dimeren Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloide 3'-epi-85 und 93 zeigten sehr gute, wenn auch im Vergleich zum natürlichen und semi-synthetisch erhaltenen 85 schwächere, antiplasmodiale Aktivitäten. Desweiteren besitzen die beiden Verbindungen 3'-epi-85 und 93 hohe bzw. moderate Selektivitäts-Indices, welche allerdings weit unter dem Wert von 85 liegen. Nichtsdestotrotz können sie als neue Leitstrukturen betrachtet werden. Im Verlauf der Synthese von Jozimin A2-Derivaten wurden des weiteren die zwei unbekannten Diastereoisomere, Dioncophynon A (94a) and B (94b), synthetisiert. Man erhielt diese in einer Stufe aus Dioncophyllin A (6). Die Strukturen von 94a und 94b zeichneten sich durch einen partiellen Verlust der Aromatizität am Naphthalin-Ring und eine C,C-Doppelbindung an der früheren Biarylachse aus. Die gefundenen Strukturmotive waren bis dahin weder von natürlichen noch von synthetischen Naphthylisochinolinen bekannt. Die vollständige Charakterisierung gelang durch spektroskopische Methoden und quantenchemische CD-Berechnungen (Y. Hemberger). Ein möglicher Mechanismus zur Bildung dieser Moleküle wurde ebenfalls in dieser Arbeit vorgestellt. Darüber hinaus zeigte eine dieser Verbindungen, 94a, eine hohe antiplasmodiale Aktivität (IC50 = 0.09 μM) bei gleichzeitig nur geringer Toxizität und konnte daher als vielversprechende Leitstruktur betrachtet werden. Dagegen war 94b inaktiv, was den signifikanten Effekt stereogener Elemente auf die Bioaktivität unterstrich. Aus einer ganzen Reihe von Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloiden, die bzgl. ihrer Aktivität gegen das Multiple Myelom getestet wurden, zeigten v.a. drei Verbindungen, nämlich Dioncophyllin A (6), 4'-O-Demethyldioncophyllin A (89) und 5'-O-Demethyldioncophyllin A (90), exzellente Wirksamkeiten und übertrafen dabei sogar die Dioncochinone B (10) und C (102), das Epoxid 175 und die Referenzsubstanz Melphalan. 4) Isolierung der bioaktiven Naphthochinone aus Zellkulturen von Triphyophyllum peltatum. Drei neue Dioncochinone C (102), D (103) und E (104), das für diese Pflanze noch unbekannte 8-Hydroxydroseron (105) und ein neues Naphthalin-Dimer 107 wurden aus Zellkulturen von T. peltatum in Kooperation mit A. Irmer isoliert. Dioncochinon C (102) wies eine ausgezeichnete Aktivität gegen MM-Zellen, ähnlich zu der von Dioncochinon B, auf, wobei jedoch kein inhibierender Effekt auf normale Zellen beobachtet wurde. Die anderen drei Naphthochinone 103105 waren inaktiv oder nur sehr schwach aktiv gegenüber MM-Zellen. 5) Etablierung neuer Strategien für einen Zugang zu den Dioncochinonen B und C im großen Maßstab für In-vivo-Biotests sowie Synthese von Dioncochinon B-Analoga für SAR-Untersuchungen. Vor Beginn dieser Arbeiten zur Synthese von Dioncochinon B (10) existierten bereits zwei, in unserem Arbeitskreis erschlossene, Synthesewege. Die hier beschriebene dritte Möglichkeit zur Darstellung von Dioncochinon B (10) etablierte einen neuen Zugang zu dem gemeinsamen Intermediat 42. Man ortho-deprotonierte zunächst das tertiäre Amid 135 mit sec-BuLiTMEDA, führte anschließend eine Transmetallierung mit MgBr2▪2Et2O durch und setzte das Intermediat mit 2-Methylallylbromid (139) zum ortho-Allylbenzamid 140 um, welches schließlich mit Methyllithium zum Naphthol 42 zyklisiert wurde. Diese Strategie war den beiden früheren Ansätzen hinsichtlich der hohen Ausbeute und der geringen Anzahl an Synthesestufen überlegen. Darauf aufbauend gelang die erste Totalsynthese des bioaktiven Naturstoffes Dioncochinon C (102). Zur Untersuchung der Struktur-Wirkungs-Beziehung und zur Identifizierung des Pharmakophors der antitumoralen Naphthochinone wurden ca. 30 Analoga von Dioncochinon B (10) und C (102) synthetisiert und auf ihre Anti-MM-Wirkung getestet. Unter den zahlreichen dabei untersuchten Derivaten stellte die synthetische Verbindung 7-O-Demethyldioncochinon C (oder 7-O-Hydroxyldioncochinon B) (145) eine weitere vielversprechende Leitstruktur für die Entwicklung neuer Anti-MM-Kandidaten dar. Als besonders bemerkenswert erwiesen sich die antitumoralen Eigenschaften der Verbindungen 10, 102, und 145. Diese besitzen drei Hydroxygruppen an C-3, C-5 und C-6, die für Ihre biologischen Eigenschaften essentiell zu sein scheinen, da alle anderen Strukturen mit einem gemischten OH/OMe-Muster und jene vollständig OMe-substituierten Verbindungen inaktiv waren. Das Expoxid 175, zeigte unter allen natürlich vorkommenden als auch synthetischen Naphthochinonen und deren Derivaten die beste Aktivität gegen das Multiple Myelom. Gleichzeitig wurde keine Toxizität gegenüber normalen Zellen festgestellt. Dies stand im Gegensatz zu anderen Epoxiden, die über recht hohe Toxizitäten verfügten, wenngleich bei sehr guten Anti-MM-Aktivitäten. Umso bemerkenswerter ist die hohe Selektivität von 175 gegenüber Multiple-Myelom-Zellen. Einleitende SAR Studien zu 175 zeigten, dass die O-Me-Gruppe unbedingt erforderlich ist. Dies lässt auf einen von den Naphthochinonen 10, 102 und 145 verschiedenen Wirkmechanismus schließen, da die drei genannten Verbindungen an C-6 eine OH-Funktionalität tragen. 6) Die erste Totalsynthese eines neuen natürlichen Dimers aus T. peltatum, bestehend aus einer Naphthalin- und einer 1,2-Naphthochinon-Einheit. Man isolierte nur in Spuren ein neuartiges Naphthochinon-Naphthalin-Dimer 187a aus Wurzelkulturen von T. peltatum. Die Totalsynthese von 187a sollte deshalb ausreichende Mengen für ausgewählte Biotests verfügbar machen. Den Schlüsselschritt stellte die Kupplung von zwei sterisch sehr stark gehinderten 2-Methylnaphthalin-Ringen mit jeweils zwei ortho-Substituenten dar. Die Kupplung der 2-Methylnaphthylboronsäure -Derivate mit 2-Methylnaphthylbromid führte unter Verwendung des von Buchwald entwickelten Liganden 196, Pd2(dba)3 und geeigneten Lösungsmitteln und Basen zum racemischen Produkt. Die für das oben beschriebene System optimierten Bedingungen wurden auf die beiden genuinen – hoch-oxygenierten – Substrate die 2-Methylnaphthyl boronsäure-Derivate 210, 211, 213, oder 214 und 2-Methylnaphthyliodide (oder -bromide) 215 (206), 215 (206), 212 (205) oder 212 (205) angewandt. Leider führten zahlreiche Versuche unter Erprobung diverser Basen- und Lösungsmittelsysteme nicht zum Erfolg. Eine mögliche Erklärung liegt in der hohen Elektronendichte der beiden Kupplungspartner, die von den zwei bzw. drei Sauerstoffsubstituenten herrührt. Eine alternative Synthesestrategie oder der Einsatz eines leistungsfähigeren Katalysatorsystems muss deshalb zur Totalsynthese von 187a in Erwägung gezogen werden. 7) Phytochemische Untersuchung des marinen Streptomyces-Stammes RV-15 aus Schwämmen. Die vier neuen cyclischen Lipopeptide Cyclodysidin A-D (216219), welche sowohl aus - als auch - Aminosäuren aufgebaut sind, wurden aus RV-15, einem Streptomyces- Stamm, der mit Schwämmen vergesellschaft ist, isoliert. In Zusammenarbeit mit Dr. U. Abdelmohsen identifizierte man deren Struktur als Cyclo-(ß-AFA-Ser-Gln-Asn-Tyr-Asn- Ser-Thr) mithilfe von 2D-NMR-Spektroskopie und CID-MS/MS. KW - Ancistrocladus KW - dimerer Naphthylisochinolin-Alkaloide KW - Naphthochinonen KW - Ancistrocladus KW - Dimeric Naphthylisoquinoline Alkaloids KW - Naphthoquinones Y1 - 2012 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-72734 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhang, Fangyuan A1 - Radacki, Krzysztof A1 - Braunschweig, Holger A1 - Lambert, Christoph A1 - Ravat, Prince T1 - Zinc-[7]helicenocyanine and its discrete π-stacked homochiral Dimer JF - Angewandte Chemie International Edition N2 - In this communication, we demonstrate a novel approach to prepare a discrete dimer of chiral phthalocyanine (Pc) by exploiting the flexible molecular geometry of helicenes, which enables structural interlocking and strong aggregation tendency of Pcs. Synthesized [7]helicene-Pc hybrid molecular structure, zinc-[7]helicenocyanine (Zn-7HPc), exclusively forms a stable dimeric pair consisting of two homochiral molecules. The dimerization constants were estimated to be as high as 8.96×10\(^6\) M\(^{−1}\) and 3.42×107 M\(^{−1}\) in THF and DMSO, respectively, indicating remarkable stability of dimer. In addition, Zn\(^{-7}\)HPc exhibited chiral self-sorting behavior, which resulted in preferential formation of a homochiral dimer also in the racemic sample. Two phthalocyanine subunits in the dimeric form strongly communicate with each other as revealed by a large comproportionation constant and observation of an IV-CT band for the thermodynamically stable mixed-valence state. KW - organic chemistry KW - supramolecular assembly KW - chirality KW - helicenes KW - homochiral dimer KW - phthalocyanines Y1 - 2021 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-256534 VL - 60 ER - TY - JOUR A1 - Zhang, Fangyuan A1 - Michail, Evripidis A1 - Saal, Fridolin A1 - Krause, Ana-Maria A1 - Ravat, Prince T1 - Stereospecific Synthesis and Photophysical Properties of Propeller-Shaped C\(_{90}\)H\(_{48}\) PAH JF - Chemistry - A European Journal N2 - Herein, we have synthesized an enantiomerically pure propeller‐shaped PAH, C\(_{90}\)H\(_{48}\), possessing three [7]helicene and three [5]helicene subunits. This compound can be obtained in gram quantities in a straightforward manner. The photophysical and chiroptical properties were investigated using UV/Vis absorption and emission, optical rotation and circular dichroism spectroscopy, supported by DFT calculations. The nonlinear optical properties were investigated by two‐photon absorption measurements using linearly and circularly polarized light. The extremely twisted structure and packing of the homochiral compound were investigated by single‐crystal X‐ray diffraction analysis. KW - chirality KW - enantiomers KW - helicenes KW - polycyclic aromatic hydrocarbons KW - stereospecific sythesis Y1 - 2019 U6 - http://nbn-resolving.de/urn/resolver.pl?urn:nbn:de:bvb:20-opus-208682 VL - 25 IS - 71 ER -